CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM Common to BE/B.Com/BBA -(NA/PE//EEE-M/MECH/MINING/FPT/B.Com/BBA)

Course Code Course Name : L T P C
UELEC01 Technical English 2 0 0 2

Year and I Year ( I Semester ) Contact hours per week

Semester (2 Hrs)
Prerequisite NIL
course
Course Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
category Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course 1. To improve reading skills of students in different types of texts

Objective 2. To enhance their communicative skills in real life situations.
3. To help learners passionately improve their vocabulary.
4. To enable learners develop their listening skills.
5. To develop students professional writing skills.
Course At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
Outcome 1. Achieve better reading and writing skills
2. Demonstrate efficiency to Interpret charts and technical vocabulary
3. Demonstrate the use of Homonyms, Homograph and Homophones for
error free communication
4. Discern the history of English and the usage of tenses
5. Proficiency in creative, critical, analytical and evaluative writing.
6. Acquire linguistic competence necessarily required in various life
situation

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 - - - - - 3 3 - 3 3 - 3
CO2 - - - - - 3 3 - 2 2 - 3
CO3 - - - - -
2 2
-
2 2
-
2
CO4 - - - - - - -
2 2 3 3 3
CO5 - - - - - - -
2 2 3 3 3
CO6 - - - - - 3 3 - 3 3 - 3
AVERAGE
- - - - - 2.50 2.50 - 2.67 2.67 - 2.83

UNIT I 6
Hrs
Reading – Social Media – Comprehension. Writing: Email, email etiquette, Speaking:
Introducing oneself. Grammar: Parts of speech - Present Tenses. Vocabulary: Technical
Vocabulary for specific purposes.

1
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT II 6 Hrs
Reading: Superheroes - Reading for Comprehension. Writing: Gadget review. Listening:
Identifying main and secondary Points. Speaking: Asking questions. Grammar: Past Tenses -
WH/Yes or No Questions. Vocabulary: Idiomatic expressions.
Unit III: 6 Hrs
Reading: History – Scanning. Writing: Paragraph writing. Listening: Taking notes from a
discussion. Speaking: Narrating an incident. Grammar: Future Tenses - Prepositions.
Vocabulary: Prefixes and Suffixes.
UNIT IV 6 Hrs
Reading: Aliens – Skimming. Writing: Description. Listening: Listening for specific information
and identifying parts from a description. Speaking: Small talk. Grammar: Articles and Past tense.
Vocabulary: One-word substitutions and Construction forms of verbs.
UNIT V 6 Hrs
Reading: Indian Architecture - Reading Historical essay and reading to summarize. Writing:
Process descriptions. Listening: Listening to a documentary and making notes. Speaking:
Expressing preferences. Grammar: Conjunctions and Subject-verb agreement. Vocabulary:
Homonyms and homophones.
TOTAL : 30 Hours
Text Book

1. Sudharshana.N.P and Saveetha C. (2016) English for Technical Communication.

Cambridge University Press: New Delhi.
Reference Books

1. Practical English Usage – Michael Swan. Oxford University Press, 1980.

2. Board of Editors, Mindscapes: English for Technologists & Engineers, Chennai: Orient
Blackswan.
3. S.P.Dhanavel, English and Communication Skills, Chennai: Orient Blackswan, 2010.
4. Essential Grammar in Use- Raymond Murphy, London: Cambridge, 2007.

Web Resources

1. https://www.usingenglish.com/

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name L T P C
UEPHC01 ENGINEERING PHYSICS- I 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester I Year & I Semester Contact Hours Per Week
2
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Prerequisite course Higher Secondary School Education; 3 Hrs
Fundamental concepts of Physics
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

√
Course Objectives 1. To understand the basic concepts of mechanics.
2. To understand the basic concepts of waves and oscillations.
3. To introduce the essential principles of Physics for mechanical and related
engineering applications.
4. To apply the concept of Optics in Practical devices.
5. To improve the knowledge of laser instruments and To learn the principle
of optical fibre
6. To understand the essential principles of energy physics
Course Outcomes After successful completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Summarize the laws and principles of basic mechanics
2. Explain concepts of elasticity and plasticity
3. Illustrate different types of oscillators
4. Demonstrate the propagation of sound waves and identify different factors
affecting acoustical planning of buildings.
5. Analyze about different types of Lasers and Fibre
6. Apply the principles of energy Physics in engineering applications
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 3
CO2 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 3 3
CO3 2 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - 2 1 1
CO4 2 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO5 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - 2 2 3 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 2 3 2
AVERAGE 2.3 2.2 2.2 1.7 2.3 2.2 2.0 2.3 2.2
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT-I: Basic Mechanics and Properties of Liquids 9 Hrs

Newton’s Laws of motion: Circular motion, time period and angular velocity, relation between
angular velocity and linear velocity, Centripetal and Centrifugal force. Newton’s law of gravitation –
gravity and acceleration due to gravity- relation between ‘G’ and ‘g’- their units - Centre of gravity
and Centre of mass. Thrust and Pressure inside a liquid - Pascal’s law -*Principle of working of
Hydraulic press – Buoyancy - Archimedes principle - density and specific gravity (relative density)

UNIT-II: Properties of Matter 9 Hrs

Elasticity- Stress-Strain diagram and its uses- types of modulus- relation between three types of
modulus-factors affecting elastic modulus and tensile strength. Twisting couple- Determination of the
rigidity modulus of the wire. Bending moment - Cantilever - Determination of depression of the
3
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
material. Young’s Modulus- Determination of elastic modulus of the material using Uniform and
non-uniform bending methods. *Stress due to bending of beam and applications.

UNIT-III: Waves and Oscillation 9 Hrs

Wave: Wavefront-Wave motion- Amplitude - Period - Frequency and wavelength-Transverse and

longitudinal wave. Huygens’s principle - Reflection, total internal reflection and refraction of plane
wave at a plane surface using wavefronts. Sound: Intensity – Loudness – Absorption coefficient and its
determination – Reverberation – Reverberation time –Acoustics of buildings and their remedies. Types
of sound waves- Ultrasonic waves and properties – generation of ultrasonic waves (magnetostriction
and Piezoelectric oscillators) - *Applications of Ultrasonic in Engineering.

UNIT-IV: Laser and Optical Fiber 9 Hrs

Lasers: Characteristics of Lasers – Einstein’s coefficients and their relations –Working principle and
components of CO2 Laser, Nd-YAG Laser – Applications in Remote sensing, holography and optical
switching. Fiber Optics: Principle of Optical fiber – Acceptance angle and Numerical aperture –
Types of optical fibers (Material, Refractive index and mode) – *Fiber optic communication.

UNIT-V: Energy Physics 9 Hrs

Introduction to Green energy – Solar energy: Energy conversion by photovoltaic principle – Solar
cells – Wind energy: Basic components and principle of wind energy conversion systems – Ocean
energy: Wave energy – Wave energy conversion devices – Tidal energy – single and double basin
tidal power plants – Ocean Thermal Electric Conversion (OTEC) – Biomass: *Biomass and bio-fuels
– bio-energies from wastages .
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS

*Innovation : Group discussion- video presentation – model making- power point presentation by
students

TEXT BOOKS:
1. MK Harbola, 2013, Engineering Mechanics, Cengage Learning, 2nd ed.,New Delhi, 1-608.
2. MK Verma, 2009, Introduction to Mechanics, CRC Press, 1st ed., U.S, 1-356.
3. A Nelson,2009, Engineering Mechanics, Tata Mc GRaw Hill, 1st ed., New Delhi.
4. D Kleppner& R Kolenkow, 2017, An Introduction to Mechanics, Tata Mc GRaw Hill, 1st ed.,
New Delhi, 1-572.
5. SH Crandall, NC Dahl & TJ Lardner, 1978, An Introduction to the Mechanics of Solids with SI
Units, McGRaw Hill, 2nd ed., New Delhi, 1-628.
6. G. Main, 1993, Vibrations and waves in physics, Cambridge University Press, 3rd ed., Bengaluru,
1-378.
7. N. Subramaniyam, Brijlal and M.N. Avadhanulu, 2012, A text book of Optics, S. Chand & Co,
1994 ed., New Delhi, 1-729.

4
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
8. AjoyGhatak, 2002, Introduction to Fiber optics, Cambridge University Press, 1998 ed.,
Bengaluru, 1-584.
9. Dattu R.Joshi, “Engineering Physics”, Tata McGraw- Hill,New Delih,2010.
10. Godfrey Boyle, “Renewable Energy: Power sustainable future”, 2nd edition, Oxford University
Press, UK, 2004.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. R Feynmann, R Leighton, M Sands, 2012, The Feynmann Lectures on Physics, Volume 1,
Pearson Education; 1st ed., New Delhi, 1-560.
2. D Halliday, R Resenic and J Walker, 2006, Fundamentals of Physics, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 6th ed.,
New Delhi, 1-1216.
3. A Ghatak, 2009, Optics, McGraw-Hill Education, 1st ed., New Delhi, 1-560.
4. Ghatak and Thyagarajan, 2011, Laser Fundamentals and Applications, Springer, Germany.
5. Wole Soboyejo, “Mechanical Properties of Engineered Materials”, Marcel Dekker Inc., 2003.
6. Frank Fahy, “Foundations of Engineering Acoustics”, Elsevier Academic Press, 2005.
7. Alberto Sona, “Lasers and their applications”, Gordon and Breach Science Publishers Ltd., 1976.
8. David J. Griffiths, “Introduction to electrodynamics”, 3rd ed., Prentice Hall, 1999.

WEB SOURCES (NPTEL):

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115/104/115104094/
2. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115/106/115106123/
3. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115/106/115106119/
4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115/102/115102124/
5. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115/107/115107095/
6. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115/107/115107095/
7. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115/107/115107095/
8. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115/103/115103123/

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name L T P C
UEMTC01 Engineering Mathematics-I 3 1 0 4
5
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Year and Semester I Year & I Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Nil 4 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
Course Objectives 1. To develop the use of matrix algebra techniques for practical applications.
2. To acquaint the student with the concepts of vector calculus needed for
problems in engineering discipline.
3. To describe the expansion of function and concept of Maxima and Minima for any
kind of curve.
4. To introduce the functions of several variables.
5. To introduce the concepts of improper integrals, double and triple integral.

Course Outcomes After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Apply the theorems of matrices to solve linear equations.
2. Solve problems using vector calculus.
3. Apply the theorems and formulae for solving problems in differential
calculus.
4. Classify the functions of several variables.
5. Apply integral calculus on engineering problems
6. Apply the concepts of Calculus matrices for engineering applications
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
3 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO1

3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO2

2 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - - 1 1 1
CO3

3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO4

2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 1 3 3 3
CO5

3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3 3
CO6

AVERAGE
2.67 2.67 2.67 2.00 1.67 - - - - - - 1.75 2.17 2.17 2.17

CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: Matrices 12 hours

Elementary property of matrices – Rank of matrix – Orthogonal matrices – Solution of system of linear

6
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
equations – Eigen values and Eigen vectors –Application of Cayley-Hamilton theorem – Orthogonal
transformation .

UNIT II : Vector Calculus 12 hours

Gradient – Divergence and Curl – Directional derivative – Irrotational and solenoidal– Vector
integration –Application of Green‘s theorem in a plane – Gauss divergence theorem and
stoke’stheorem – Simple applications involving cubes and rectangular parallelepipeds.

UNIT III : Differential Calculus 12 hours

Successive differentiation – nth derivative – Problems Leibnitz theorem – Indeterminate forms -
L'Hospital's rule –Taylor’s and Maclaurin theorem with remainders – Maxima and minima and its
application .

UNIT IV : Multivariable Calculus : 12 hours

Partial derivatives – Directional derivatives – Total derivative – Tangent plane and normal line –
Maxima and minima of functions of two variable – Method of Lagrange multipliers.

UNIT V : Integral Calculus 12 hours

Definite and indefinite integrals – Substitution rule – Integration by parts –Trigonometric substitutions –
Improper integrals – Beta and Gamma functions and their simple properties – Double integrals – Area
enclosed by plane curves –Triple integrals – Volume of solids – Change of variables in double and triple
integrals.

Total: 60 hours

Text books:
1. T.Veerarajan, Engineering Mathematics for first year, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2016.
2. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 44th Edition, 2016.

References:
1. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry,9th Edition, Pearson, 2002.

7
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,2006.
3. B.V Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 11th2010.
4. D. Poole, Linear Algebra: A Modern Introduction, 2nd Edition, BrooksCole, 2005.
5. N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi Publications, 2008.

PROGRAM Common to BE-(EEE-M, ME, Mining) & B.Tech (FPT) - I semester and for B.E
(PE,NA&OE,Mech) - Second Semester
Course Code Course Name: L T P C

8
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UEEEC01 Basic Electrical Engineering 3 1 0 4
Year / Semester I Year & I Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Nil 4 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
Course Objective 1. To provide the basic concepts of AC and DC circuits.
2. To learn the perception of magnetic circuits.
3. To understand the fundamental principles, construction, applications of DC & AC
machines and measuring instruments.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Outline KCL, KVL and related methods to solve DC circuits.
2. Infer the laws and principle of magnetic circuits.
3. Explain the principle of operation of three phase AC Circuits.
4. Demonstrate the working principle of electrical machines and measuring instruments.
5. Illustrate the safety measures and types of wiring.
6. Apply the knowledge of electric circuits for engineering application.
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 3 3 3 2
CO3 2 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 2 2 3 3
CO6 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.83 2.83 2.50 2.67 2.67 - - - - - - 2.67 2.33 2.50 2.5
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT I: FUNDAMENTALS OF DC CIRCUITS 12 Hrs

Introduction to DC circuits, network elements, Ohm's Law and Kirchhoff‟s Laws - analysis of series and
parallel circuits - Power and energy, Voltage - Current relations for resistor, inductor, capacitor, Mesh and
Nodal analysis for simple circuits.
UNIT II : MAGNETIC CIRCUITS 12 Hrs
Introduction to magnetic circuits- Faradays Laws, Statically and dynamically induced EMF; Concepts of self
inductance, mutual inductance and coefficient of coupling; Energy stored in magnetic fields.
UNIT III : AC CIRCUITS 12 Hrs
Single Phase A.C. Circuits, Generation of sinusoidal voltage- definition of average value, root mean square
value, form factor and peak factor , concept of phasor representation, Analysis of simple R,L and C circuits-
Introduction to three phase systems - types of connections, relationship between line and phase values.
UNIT IV: ELECTRICAL MACHINES & MEASURING INSTRUMENTS 12 Hrs
Working principle, construction and applications of DC machines and AC machines (single phase
transformers, single phase induction motors: split phase, capacitor start and capacitor start & run motors).
9
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Basic principles and classification of instruments - Moving coil and moving iron instruments.
UNIT V: ELECTRICAL SAFETY, WIRING & INTRODUCTION TO POWER SYSTEM 12 Hrs
Safety measures in electrical system - types of wiring - wiring accessories, staircase, fluorescent lamps &
corridor wiring - Basic principles of earthing - IS standards for Earthing- Types of earthing - Simple layout of
generation, transmission and distribution of power.
Total: 60 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:

1. William H. Hayt Jr, Jack E. Kemmerly and Steven M. Durbin, “Engineering Circuits Analysis”, Tata
McGraw Hill publishers, 8 th edition, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Nagrath I.J. and D. P. Kothari , Basic Electrical Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill publishers, New Delhi,
2007.
3. Bhattacharya.S.K, “Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering”, First edition, Pearson Education, 2011

REFERENCES:
1.A.E. Fitzgerald, David.E.Higginbotham and Arvin Grabel,”Basic Electrcal Engineering”, Tata Mc Graw
Hill Education (India) Private Ltd.2009.
2. Metha.V.K, Rohit Metha, “Basic Electrical Engineering”, Fifth edition, Chand. S & Co, 2012.
3. Mahmood Nahvi and Joseph A.Edminister,”:Electric Circuits”, Schaum Outline Series, Tata McGraw Hill,
5th edition, 2011.
4. Parker Smith, Problems in Electrical Engineering, CBS Publishers, 2003
5. Indian Standards “Code of Practice for Earthing”, BIS, New delhi.2001Edition.

PROGRAM BE-(EEE-M)
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEMDC01 Universal Human Values I -
Induction program 2Weeks - 1 Week -

10
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Year / Semester I Year & I Semester Contact hours
Prerequisite course Nil 3 Weeks
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
Course Objective To equip the students with communication skills, and get them acquainted with the culture
of institution and human values.
The Induction program for students comprises of;
 Physical activity
 Creative Arts
 Universal Human Values
 Literary
 Proficiency Modules
 Lectures by Eminent People
 Visits to local Areas
 Familiarization to Dept./Branch & Innovations

PROGRAM Common to BE/B.Com/BBA -(NA/PE//EEEM/MECH/MINING/FPT/B.Com/BBA)

Course Code Course Name : L T P C
UELECPA Communication Skills
Laboratory-I 0 0 2 1

Year and I Year ( I Semester ) Contact hours per week

Semester (2 Hrs)
Prerequisite
course
Course Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective

11
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
category Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course 1. To listen conversation and motivational speeches

Objective 2. To enable students speaking effectively in real life situations
3. To help learners improve their vocabulary for conversing in formal context.
Course At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
Outcome 1. Understand conversation in interpersonal communication
2. Give presentation without any inhibition
3. Use appropriate vocabulary in formal communication
4. Deliver a speech efficiently with confidence
5. Participate in debates and discussions to argue effectively and persuasively
6. Comprehend different genres of speech and the implied meanings effectively

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - 2
- - - - 3 2 3 3 - 3
CO2 - 2
- - - - 2 2 3 3 - 3

CO3 - 2
- - - - 3 2 3 3 - 3
CO4 - 2
- - - - 2 2 3 3 - 3
CO5 - - - - - 3 2 2 3 3 - 3
CO6 -
- - - - 2 2 2 3 3 - 3
AVERAGE
- - - - - 2.5 2 2 3 3 - 3

Unit I
Types of listening - Listening to audio (verbal & sounds); – Introducing oneself, one’s family/
friend-Motivational speeches

Unit II

Listening and responding to video lectures / talks (TED) Speaking - Describing a simple process -
Asking and answering questions- Speaking about one’s place, important festivals etc.

Unit III

Listening to conversations-focused audio tracks; Speaking - Role-play – Simulation - Group

interaction - Speaking in formal situations (teachers, officials, foreigners)

Unit IV

Watching videos / documentaries/films and responding to questions based on them; Speaking –

Extempore- JAM-Presentation

12
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Unit V

Listening to broadcast and telecast from Radio and TV-debates and current issues-Speaking –
Participating in debates and GD
TOTAL : 30 Hours

Reference Books
1. Communication Skills. Sanjay Kumar and Pushpa Latha, Oxford University Press, 2011
2. Exercises in Spoken English Part – I – III, Hyderabad, Oxford University Press.

13
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM Common to BE - (EEEM, ME, Mining) & B.Tech (FPT) - I semester and for B.E (PE,NA & OE,
Mech) - Second Semester
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEECPA Basic Electrical Engineering
Laboratory 0 0 2 1
Year / Semester I Year & I Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Nil 2 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
Course Objective 1. To provide exposure to the students with hands on experience on various electrical
engineering practices.
2. To familiarize the students with the design, analyze and application of electronic
devices.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate ohm’s law, Kirchhoff’s voltage and current laws
2. Illustrate the measurement of electrical quantities l ike voltage, current, power, power factor
in RLC circuits, energy using relevant meters.
3. Demonstrate Soldering and disordering of π type, T type and L type circuits.
4. Explain the concept of earthing and Measurement of Earth resistance.
5. Outline the working of various electrical machines.
6. Explain the trouble shooting methods of electrical equipments.
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 3 3 2 1 - - - 2 2 - 3 3 3 2
CO2 2 3 3 2 1 - - - 2 2 - 2 3 3 2
CO3 2 3 3 2 1 - - - 2 2 - 2 3 3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2 1 - - - 2 2 - 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 3 3 2 1 - - - 3 3 - 3 3 3 2
CO6 2 3 3 2 1 - - - 3 3 - 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2 3 3 2 1 - - - 2.33 2.33 - 2.5 3 3 2.17
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

14
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
List of Experiments:
1. Verification of Ohm’s law
2. Verification of Kirchhoff’s laws
3. Soldering and disordering of π type, T type and L type circuits.
4. Power measurement in single-phase circuits.
5. Measurement of electrical quantities (like voltage, current, power, power factor in RLC circuits)
6. Measurement of energy (using single phase and three phase energy meter)
7. Study of Earthing and Measurement of Earth resistance.
8. Study of trouble shooting of electrical equipments (fan, iron box, mixer grinder, etc.)
9. Study of various electrical machines (Induction motor, transformer, etc)
10. Design of Charger
TOTAL: 30 Hours

15
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEMCCPA ENGINEERING DRAWING & 1 0 4 3
COMPUTER GRAPHICS
Year / Semester I Year & I Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Nil 5 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
Course Objective 1. To learn about significance of engineering graphics in
orthographic projection.
2. To learn about drawing of plane curves and free hand sketching.
3. To draw projection of points, lines and planes.
4. To learn about projection of solids.
5. To learn about isometric projections and CAD tools.
6. To draw clay modelling by simple automobile structure
Course Outcome After successful completion of the course, the students should be able to

1. Familiarize with the fundamentals and standards of Engineering graphics and perform
freehand sketching of basic geometrical constructions and multiple views of objects.
2. Project orthographic projections of lines and plane surfaces.
3. Draw projections and solids and development of surfaces.
4. Visualize and to project isometric and perspective sections of simple solids.
5. Apply the Engineering graphics concept for clay modeling of Automobile parts
6. Apply the Engineering graphics concept for design the various components of
industrial products.

PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 2 -
CO2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 2 -
CO3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 2 -
CO4 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 2 -
CO5 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 2 -
CO6 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 2 -
AVERAGE 2.8 2.2 2.2 - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 2 -
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT-I CURVES AND FREEHAND SKETCHING 15 Hours
Geometrical Construction of ellipse, parabola and hyperbola by eccentricity method – Construction of cycloid
– construction of involutes of square and circle – Drawing of tangents and normal to the above curves.
Freehand sketching of orthographic projections (front view, side view and top view) of three dimensional
object. Freehand sketching of three dimensional object from the orthographic views.

16
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT- II PROJECTION OF POINTS, LINES AND PLANE SURFACE (Use First angle projections only)
15 Hours
Orthographic projection of points. Projection of straight lines - inclined to both the planes – Determination of
true lengths and true inclinations by rotating line method and traces. Projection of planes (Square,
Rectangular, Triangular, Pentagonal, Hexagonal and Circular planes only)plane inclined to both reference
planes by change of position method.

UNIT-III PROJECTION OF SOLIDS 15 Hours

Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone - when the solid resting on HP and its axis
inclined to HP . Section of solids (Square, pentagonal, Hexagonal Pyramids & cone only) - solids in simple
vertical position and its axis perpendicular to HP - cutting plane is inclined to HP and perpendicular to VP –
Front view, sectional top view and True shape of the section.

UNIT-IV COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING USING AUTO CAD SOFTWARE 15 Hours

Basic commands for all geometric shapes – 2 D drafting practice (2D drafting – Three exercise / Isometric
drawing – Three Exercise)

UNIT V COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING USING SOLIDWORKS SOFTWARE 15 Hours

Basic commands for all geometric shapes – 3D drafting practice – 2 exercise. Project work - Clay modeling of
simple automobile structure – Car, truck, earth movers with wheels. TOTAL :75 HOURS

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Natrajan K.V., ―A text book of Engineering Graphics‖, Dhanalakshmi Publishers, Chennai, 2009.
2. Venugopal K. and Prabhu Raja V., ―Engineering Graphics‖, New Age International (P) Limited, 2008.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bhatt N.D. and Panchal V.M., ―Engineering Drawing‖, Charotar Publishing House, 50th Edition, 2010.
2. Basant Agarwal and Agarwal C.M., ―Engineering Drawing‖, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Limited, New
Delhi, 2008.
3. Gopalakrishna K.R., ―Engineering Drawing‖ (Vol. I&II combined), Subhas Stores, Bangalore, 2007.
4. Luzzader, Warren.J. andDuff,John M., ―Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing with an introduction to
Interactive
Computer Graphics for Design and Production, Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd,
New Delhi, 2005.
5. N S Parthasarathy And Vela Murali, ―Engineering Graphics‖, Oxford University, Press, New Delhi, 2015.
6. Shah M.B., and Rana B.C., ―Engineering Drawing‖, Pearson, 2nd Edition, 2009.
7. Autodesk AutoCAD Certified User Study Guide-William G. Wyatt Ed.D., CET, 2021

17
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
8. Computer Aided Engineering Design with Solidworks Hardcover – Onwubolu ,2011

WEB RESOURCES:
1.http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/ 112104172
2.http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/ 112103019

SPECIAL NOTE:
1. The Course is considered as practical.
2. Except the basic essential concepts, most of the teaching part can happen concurrently in the Drawing Hall /
Laboratory.
Assessment:
1. Assessment to be made for 3 hours in drawing hall /laboratory
2. Assessment will have Part- A, 5 out of 8 questions with each carries 20 marks each

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEWSCPA Work Shop Practices 0 0 4 2
Year / Semester I Year & I Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Nil 4 Hrs

18
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
Course Objective To provide exposure to the students with hands on experience on machining, electric arc
welding oxy – acetylene welding and fitting.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Outline the operation of lathes and drilling machines.
2. Explain the use welding equipments to join the structures.
3. Create simple components using lathe and drilling machine.
4. Develop the Process of chipping, filling, hack sawing, drilling, tapping.
5. Plan assembling and dismantling of components.
6. Construct simple lap, butt and tee joints using arc welding equipments.
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 - - - 3 - - - 3 2 - 1 - - -
CO2 3 - - - 3 - - - 3 3 - 1 - - -
CO3 3 - - - 3 - - - 2 2 - 1 - - -
CO4 3 - - - 3 - - - 2 3 - 1 - - -
CO5 3 - - - 3 - - - 3 3 - 1 - - -
CO6 3 - - - 3 - - - 3 3 - 1 - - -
AVERAGE 3 - - - 3 - - - 2.67 2.67 - 1 - - -
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

MACHINING:
Introduction and familiarization of operation of laths, drilling machines, shaping, milling and grinding
machines - Safety- personal, tools, machines and environmental - Measuring tools and methods of
measurement, reading of sketches and drawing, cutting tools, tool geometry - setting of tools methods of fixing
of jobs on chucks, vices, jigs and fixtures - Speeds and feeds of machines - Operations of machines - Practical
exercises on machines to develop and improve hands on skills.

FITTING:
Introduction and familiarization of various hand tools- Measuring, marking, cutting, holding and assembly
tools, materials, parts, uses and safety of tools and personal safety - Process and procedures for measuring,
understanding of sketches and drawing - Marking and job holding methods - Process of chipping, filling, hack
sawing, drilling, tapping, dyeing, assembling and dismantling of components - Practical exercises to develop
and improve hands on skills.

ELECRIC ARC WELDING

Introduction, familiarization of different types of welding machines- welding Transformer, functions, tools,
and equipment and environmental - Basic procedures of striking the arc - different methods of joining metals-
different welding joints in different positions - welding defects - testing of welding joints - Practical exercises

19
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
of welding of different thickness of metals in different positions to develop and improve hands on skills.

OXY – ACETELENE WELDING

Introduction – familiarization of tools and equipments - Gas cylinders, regulators, hoses and gas welding and
gas cutting blow pipes - DS Processors - Procedures for setting up the equipments - Checking for leakage of
gases, setting of jobs filler rods, flux, flame setting and controls of flame safety - personal safety protection,
safety of cylinders, tool equipments and environmental safety-Procedures for gas welding, brazing and gas
cutting - Different methods of joints in different positions and defects of joints, testing of joints - Practical
exercises to develop and improve hands on skill of gas welding, brazing and gas cutting.
TOTAL: 30 Hours

20
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM Common to BE/B.Com/BBA -(NA/PE//EEEM/MECH/MINING/FPT)

Course Code: Course Name : L T P C
UECHC01 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 4 0 0 4

Year and I Year (I & II Semester ) Contact hours per week

Semester ( 4Hrs )
Prerequisite NIL
course
Course Humanities Management Professional Core Professional Elective
category and Social courses
Sciences

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
Course 1. To Classify the types of materials and their applications
Objective 2. To understand the concepts of energy resources and corrosion
3. To Learn the problems associated water treatment methods
Course After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to
Outcome 1. Appraise the significances of polymers
2. Understand fuel and its types
3. Identify the types of batteries and the problems associated with corrosion
4. Understand the nano materials synthesis and characterization
5. Recognize hard water and softening methods
6. Utilize the knowledge of engineering science
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 - - - - - 2 - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 - - - - 3 - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 2 - - - - 3 - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 2 - - - - 3 - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 - - 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO6 3 2 3 - 2 - 3 - - - - - 2 2 3
AVERAGE 2.3 2 3 - 2 - 2.8 - - - - 2 2 2 2.3
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

Unit 1 – POLYMER CHEMISTRY 12 Hrs

Polymers – Introduction, functionality, tacticity of polymers – Classification, natural, synthetic, addition
polymer, condensation polymer, copolymer - Forces between polymeric chains – Free radical polymerization
mechanism – Plastics, types, thermosetting plastics, thermoplastics - Ingredients used in compounding of
plastics - Compression & injection molding - Composites – definition, types of polymers matrix composites,
fiber reinforced plastics - Preparation, properties and uses of polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride, Bakelite, epoxy
resin, raw rubber - Vulcanization – Applications of polymers – Conducting polymers – Biodegradable
21
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
polymer.
Unit-2 ENERGY CHEMISTRY 12 Hrs
Fuels – Introduction – Classification – Calorific value - HCV and LCV – Solid Fuel, Coal –– Proximate and
ultimate analysis – Significance of the analyses – Liquid fuels – Petroleum oil - Refining – Cracking – Petrol
and Diesel knocking - Octane and Cetane ratings – Anti-knock agents - Biofuels - Bio-diesel and bio-ethanol
– Gaseous fuel, Natural gas, LPG and CNG - Biomass – Biogas production,– Combustion – Calculation of air
for the combustion of a fuel – Flue gas analysis – Orsat apparatus.Non Conventional Energy Sources –Wind,
Solar, Geothermal, Hydro and nuclear energy.
Unit-3 ELECTROCHEMISTRYAND CORROSION 12 Hrs
Electro chemical cell and series - uses of this series- Concentration Cells – Batteries: Dry Cell, Ni-Cd cells –
Lead acid battery - Li cells – Fuel cells - Corrosion– Theories of Corrosion (chemical & electrochemical) -
Formation of galvanic cells by different metals, by concentration cells, by differential aeration and waterline
corrosion – Passivity of metals – Pitting corrosion - Galvanic series – Factors which influence the rate of
corrosion - Protection from corrosion – Design and material selection – Cathodic protection - Protective
coatings: – Surface preparation – Metallic (cathodic and anodic) coatings - Methods of application on metals
(Galvanizing, Tinning, Electroplating, Electroless plating).
Unit-4 ADVANCED MATERIALS CHEMISTRY 12 Hrs
Introduction, Types, examples of particulate (metal/metal oxide), tubular/fibre (CNT/CNF), layered
(Nanoclays, Graphene Oxide) and its properties. Preparation of nanomaterials – Top down (Ball milling,
CVD) and Bottom up (Self-assembly, sol–gel) - characterization of nanomaterials – Introduction to XRD,
SEM -Applications of nanotechnology – Medicine & medical implants, Next generation computer technology
(High definition), Data & energy storage, Fabric industry, Automotive and aerospace, Environment,
Electronics (satellites).
Unit-5 WATER CHEMISTRY 12 Hrs
Soft and Hard water:- Reasons for hardness – Units of hardness - Determination of hardness by EDTA method
- Removal of hardness – Zeolite process - Ion Exchange process – Reverse Osmosis and Electrodialysis -
Water for steam generation and control strategy - Boiler troubles – Priming and Foaming, Scale formation,
Boiler corrosion, Caustic embrittlement – Boiler water (Internal/External) treatments – Domestic Water
treatment - Purification – Sterilization and disinfection : Chlorination, point chlorination – Case study:
Chemistry-direct and indirect applications in engineering field.

22
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Reference
Text Books:
1. Engineering Chemistry by Jain and Jain, 16th Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2017.
2. University Chemistry, B. M. Mahan, R. J. Meyers, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2009.
Reference Books:
1. Chemistry: Principles and Applications, by M. J. Sienko and R. A. Plane, 3rd Edition, McGraw Hill, 1980.
2. Engineering Chemistry (NPTEL Web-book), by B. L. Tembe, Kamaluddin and M. S. Krishnan.
3. Physical Chemistry, by P. W. Atkins, Julio de Paula, 8th Edition, Oxford University press, 2007.
4. Shikha Agarwal, “Engineering Chemistry-Fundamentals and Applications”, Cambridge University Press,
Delhi, 2015.

23
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

UEPHC02 Course Name: L T P C
ENGINEERING PHYSICS- II 2 0 0 2
Year and I Year & II Semester Contact hours per week
Semester 2 Hours
Prerequisite Higher Secondary School Education;
course Fundamental concepts of Physics
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
Course 1. To acquire knowledge on the classification of conducting materials.
Objective 2. To understand the basic concepts of Band Theory of Solids &
Semiconductors.
3. To improve the knowledge of Magnetic and Dielectric Materials.
4. To understand the concept of Super conductivity and super conducting
Materials.
5. To gain a basic knowledge of Semiconductor Nano technology and
advanced Materials.
Course Outcome After successful completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Outline basic concepts of Conducting Materials.
2. Illustrate the concepts of Band Theory of Solids.
3. Illustrate the Basic knowledge of Semiconductors.
4. Explain fundamentals of Magnetic and Dielectric Materials.
5. Illustrate the knowledge of super conductivity and super conducting
Materials.
6. Apply the knowledge of Nano technology and advanced Materials.
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO2 2 1 2 3 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO3 3 2 1 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 3 1 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 2 2 2
AVERAGE
2.67 2.33 2.33 2.33 2.33 - - - - - - 2.17 2 2 2
2. MODERATE
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
(MEDIUM)

UNIT-I CONDUCTING MATERIALS 6

Hours
Conductors- classification of conducting materials-Free electron theory-Postulate of free
electron theory- Density of States-Carrier concentration-Merits and demerits of classical free
electron theory- Fermi Distribution function-Energy bands–Tight binding approximation-
24
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Electrons in metals – Particle in a 3D box

UNIT-II BAND THEORY OF SOLID & SEMICONDUCTORS 6

Hours
Ban Theory of solids -Energy Bands -Energy Gap -Classification of solids -Energy Band structure
of a conductor –Fermi Dirac distribution function and Fermi Energy.
Introduction - Types of semiconductors- Intrinsic carrier electron and hole concentration- Fermi
level in Intrinsic- carrier density- conductivity- Doping of impurities- N -Type and P -Type- Fermi
level in semiconductor- Hall Effect - Hall voltage-Hall coefficient- Application.

UNIT -III MAGNETIC AND DIELECTRIC MATRIALS 6

Hours
Introduction to Magnetic materials- Types - Magnetic moment of atom- Hard and soft
magnetic materials- Hysteresis curve – Applications.
Dielectrics- Electronic - ionic - Orientational and space polarizations – Internal fields in solids –
Polarization- Induced dipoles- Nonpolar and Polar dielectrics – Clausius Mosotti equation -
Dielectric loss.

UNIT-IV SUPERCONDUCTIVITY 6
Hours
Discovery of superconductivity- persistent currents- Effect of external magnetic field- critical
current density- Meissner effect- London penetration depth- BCS Theory descriptive- Type of
superconductors- Josephson Effect (AC and DC)- Applications – Maglev-SQUIDS.

UNIT -V NANOTECHNOLOGY AND ADVANCED MATERIALS 6

Hours
Nano phase materials – Synthesis – Plasma arcing – chemical vapour deposition – Sol gel method –
Electro deposition – Ball milling – properties and application – Carbon Nano tubes – types.

Total: 30 Hours
*Innovation : Group discussion- video presentation – model making- power point presentation by
students

a. Learning Resources

i. Text Books :

1. B.K.Pandey and S.Chaturvedi, Engineering Physics, Cengage Learning,2017.

2. David Griffiths,2015, Introduction to Electrodynamics, Pearson Education India
Learning Private Limited; 4th ed., New Delhi, 1-624.
3. W. Saslow, 2005, Electricity, magnetism and light, Elsevier; 1st ed, India, 1-808.
4. S. O Pillai, 2018, Solid State Physics, New Age International Pvt Ltd; 8th ed., New Delhi,
25
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
1-920.
5. D. A. Neamen, 1997, Semiconductor Physics and Devices, McGraw-Hill Education,
3rd ed,UK, 1-566.
6. P. Mani, 2015, Engineering Physics-II, Dhanam Publications, 1st ed., Chennai.

ii. References :

1. M.N.Avadhanulu and P.G.Kshirsagar,A Text Book of Engineering Physics, S.Chand

and Co, 2012.
2. Gaur and Gupta, Engineering Physics , DhanpatRai publications,2009
3. D Halliday, R Resenic and J Walker, 2013, Fundamentals of Physics, Wiley India,
6th edition, 1-1216.
4. E M. Purcell andMorin, 2013, Electricity and Magnetism, Cambridge
University Press, 3rd ed., Chennai, 1-853.
5. T.Pradeep, The essential understanding –Nanoscience and Nanotechnology- TMH,
2010.
6. William D.Callister,Materials Science and Engineering, John Wiley & Sons- 2010.
7. Charles Kittel, 2019, Introduction to Solid state physics, Wiley India Pvt
Ltd, 8th ed., New Delhi, 1-704.
8. YU, Peter, Cardona, Manuel, 2010, Fundamentals of Semiconductors,
Physics and Materials Properties, Springer; 4th ed. 1-778.

iii. Online resources

URL1:
http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/122101002/downloads/lec-
34.pdf URL 2: https://www.youtube.com/watch?
v=mB0FpnWzHDw
URL 3: http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/115101012/
URL 4: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TeS_U9qFg7Y
URL 5: http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/solids/squid.html
URL 6: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=11PynxAhebs
URL 7: http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/118104008/
URL 8: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GTGmIlkQF8M
URL 9: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k27ukETADD8
URL 10: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1DzoVjVuB2I
URL 11: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VlWGIKCV_6k
26
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
URL 12: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4M2FyuqOvFU

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name L T P C
UEMTC02 Engineering Mathematics-II 3 1 0 4
Year and Semester I Year & II Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Nil 4Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
Course Objectives 1. To provide the required knowledge to solve first order and second degree DE.
2. To provide the required knowledge to solve second order LDE
3. To explain the concepts of functions of complex variable problems.
4. To know the knowledge of complex integration techniques.
5. To create a new domain to handle the problem in easier by using transform.
Course Outcomes After successful completion of the course, the students will be able to,
1. Infer knowledge on ordinary differential first order equations
2. Illustrate the use of ordinary differential higher order equations
3. Illustrate Properties of complex functions
4. Apply complex integration theories on integrals
5. Interpret the use of Laplace transforms in the engineering field.
6. Interpret the importance and symbiosis between mathematics and
engineering.
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3 2 2 2
CO2 3 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - 3 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 3 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 2 2 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 2 2 2
AVERAGE 2.8 2.5 2.8 2.3 2.5 3.0 2.0 2.0 2.0
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: First Order Ordinary Differential Equation 12 hours

Order and degree – Linear and Bernoulli’s equations – Equations solvable for p – Equations solvable for

27
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
y – Equations solvable for x and Clairaut’s type.

UNIT II : Higher Order Ordinary Differential Equations 12 hours

Second order linear differential equations with constant coefficients – Method of variation of parameters
– Cauchy-Euler equation.

UNIT III: Analytic Functions 12 hours

Analytic functions – Application Cauchy-Riemann equations – Harmonic functions – Harmonic
conjugate – Elementary analytic functions (exponential, trigonometric, logarithm) and their properties –
Conformal mappings– Mobius transformations and their properties.

UNIT IV: Complex Integration 12 hours

Line integral – Applications of Cauchy’s integral theorem– Cauchy’s integral formula – Taylor’s and
Laurent’s series – Singularities– Residues and application of residue theorem .

UNIT V LAPLACE TRANSFORM 12 hours

Laplace transform – Conditions for existence – Transforms of elementary functions ––Transform of
periodic functions - Inverse Laplace transforms –Application of convolution theorem – Solution of
linear ODE of second order with constant coefficients using Laplace transformation techniques.
Total: 60 hours

Text books:

1. Veerarajan T., Engineering Mathematics for first year, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2016.
2. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 44th Edition, 2016.
Reference books:
1. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, 9th Edition, Pearson,
Reprint, 2002.
2. Erwin kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley & Sons 2006.
3. W. E. Boyce and R. C. DiPrima, Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary
Value Problems, 9th Edn., Wiley India, 2009.
28
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
4. S. L. Ross, Differential Equations, 3rd Ed., Wiley India, 1984.
5. E. A. Coddington, An Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations, Prentice Hall India, 1995.
6. L. Ince, Ordinary Differential Equations, Dover Publications, 1958.
7. J. W. Brown and R. V. Churchill, Complex Variables and Applications, 7th Ed., McGraw Hill,
2004.

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEITC01 Python for problem solving 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester I Year & II Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Nil 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
Course Objective 1. To apply programming to solve simple numerical method problems.
2. Know to write simple algorithms for arithmetic and logical problems.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Develop algorithmic solutions to simple computational problems.
2. Read, write, execute by hand simple Python programs.
3. Structure simple Python programs for solving problems.
4. Decompose a Python program into functions.
5. Represent compound data using Python lists, tuples, and dictionaries.
6. Read and write data from/to files in Python Programs.
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 - 1 2 1 1
CO2 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - 2 - 1 2 1 1
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 - 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 2 2 2 3 - - - - 2 - 1 2 1 1
CO5 2 2 2 2 3 - - - - 2 - 1 2 1 1
CO6 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - 1 2 1 1
AVERAGE 2.5 2.5 2.33 2 2.67 - - - - 2 - 1 2 1 1
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT I ALGORITHM FOR PROBLEM SOLVING 9 Hours
Algorithms - building blocks of algorithms (statements, state, control flow, functions) - notation (pseudo code,
flow chart, programming language) - algorithmic problem solving - simple strategies for developing
algorithms (iteration, recursion). Illustrative problems: find minimum in a list, insert a card in a list of sorted
29
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
cards, guess an integer number in a range.
UNIT II DATA, EXPRESSIONS, STATEMENTS 9 Hours
Python interpreter and interactive mode - values and types: int, float, boolean, string, and list –
variables – expressions – statements - tuple assignment - precedence of operators – comments - modules and
functions - function definition and use - flow of execution - parameters and arguments - Illustrative programs:
exchange the values of two variables, circulate the values of n variables, distance between two points.
UNIT III CONTROL FLOW, FUNCTIONS 9 Hours
Conditionals: Boolean values and operators, conditional (if), alternative (if-else), chained conditional (if-
elif-else) - Iteration: state, while, for, break, continue, pass - Fruitful functions: return values, parameters,
local and global scope, function composition, recursion - Strings: string slices, immutability, string
functions and methods, string module, other built-in libraries.
UNIT IV LISTS, TUPLES, DICTIONARIES 9 Hours
Lists: list operations, list slices, list methods, list loop, mutability, aliasing, cloning lists, list parameters,
advanced list processing, list comprehension - Tuples: tuple assignment, tuple as return value Application:
Queue processing using list, vector processing using tuples.
UNIT V FILES, MODULES, PACKAGES 9 Hours
Files and exception: text files, reading and writing files, format operator - command line arguments -
errors and exceptions - handling exceptions – modules – packages - Illustrative programs: word count,
copy file.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:

1. Allen B. Downey, ``Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist‘‘, 2 nd edition, O‘Reilly
Publishers, 2016.
2. Guido van Rossum and Fred L. Drake Jr, An Introduction to Python –Revised and updated for Python
3.2, Network Theory L., 2011.
REFERENCES:
1. John V Guttag, ―Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python‘‘, Revised and
expanded Edition, MIT Press, 2013.
2. Robert Sedgewick, Kevin Wayne, Robert Dondero, ―Introduction to Programming in
Python: An Inter-disciplinary Approach, Pearson India Education Services Pvt. Ltd., 2016.
3. Charles Dierbach, Introduction to Computer Science using Python: A Computational
Problem-Solving Focus, Wiley India Edition, 2013.

30
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM Common to all the BE Programmes offered in AMET (ME, Mech, EEEM, PE, HE, NA
&OE, Mining) and B.Tech FPT; BBA Shipping, B.Com., LCA
Course Code: L T P C
UEMDC02 Environmental science 2 0 0 0

Year and I Year ( II Semester ) Contact hours per week

Semester ( 2Hrs )
Prerequisite NIL
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science

Course  To provide fundamental knowledge and understanding about the Natural

Objective Resources, Environment and Ecosystem.
 To apply Knowledge in everyone’s professional life on biodiversity, pollution,
environment and society.
After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
Course Outcome
1. Understand the status and need for conservation of natural resources
2. Gain knowledge on conservation of ecosystem and environment and apply in their
respective professional fields
3. Understand environmental pollution and its effects
4. Understand the Environment and Social Issues
5. Understand the environmental awareness and relate to the social life
6. Gain knowledge on Human Population and its effect on the Environment

Unit 1: Natural Resources 6 hours

Environmental studies-terminologies, need for public awareness. Natural resources-Renewable and non-
renewable resources; Characteristics, uses and conservation of natural resources-Forest resources, Water
resources, Mineral resources, Food resources, Energy resources and Land resources. Role of an individual in
conservation of natural resources; equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
31
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Unit 2: Ecosystems 6 hours

Concept of an ecosystem, Structure and function of an ecosystem, Producers, consumers and decomposers;
Energy flow in the ecosystem; Ecological succession; Food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids;
Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the different ecosystems- Forest
ecosystem, Grassland ecosystem, Desert ecosystem, Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans,
estuaries)

Unit 3: Biodiversity and its conservation 6 hours

Introduction – Definition : genetic, species and ecosystem diversity; Bio-geographical classification of India;
Value of biodiversity : consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values;
Biodiversity at global, National and local levels; India as a mega-diversity nation; Hot-sports of biodiversity;
Threats to biodiversity; Endangered and endemic species of India; Conservation of biodiversity : In-situ and
Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.

Unit 4: Environment and Social Issues 6 hours

Environmental Pollution; Cause, effects and control measures of different types of pollution; Solid waste
Management; Role of an individual in prevention of pollution; Disaster management. Social Issues and the
Environment, From Unsustainable to Sustainable development, Urban problems related to energy, Water
conservation, Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Environmental ethics,
Climate change, global warming, nuclear hazards, ill-effects of fireworks. Wasteland reclamation. Laws and
acts in India for environment protection, Public awareness.

Unit 5: Human Population and the Environment 6 hours

Population growth, variation among nations. Population explosion – Family Welfare Programme. Environment
and human health- Human Rights, Value Education, HIV/AIDS, Women and Child Welfare, Role of
Information Technology in Environment and human health. Field work and Field Visit.
Total hours:30

Text Books
1. RimpiMehaniNe'e. 2016. A Textbook of Environmental Science. Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
2. ErachBharucha. 2013. Textbook of Environmental Studies for Undergraduate Courses. University
Grants Commission, New Delhi.
References
1. Agarwal, K.C. 2001 Environmental Biology, Nidi Publications Limited, Bikaner, India.
2. D.K. Asthana and Meera Asthana. 2010. A Textbook of Environmental Studies. S. Chand Publishingm,
New Delhi.

32
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

3. B.S. Chauhan. 2015. Environmental Studies. Laxmi Publications, New Delhi.

PROGRAM All UG Programmes in AMET

Course Code Course Name : L T P C
UEMDC03 Gender sensitivity 2 0 0 0
Year and Semester I Year ( II Semester ) Contact hours per week: 2 hrs
Prerequisite course Nil
Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional
Social Sciences courses Elective
Course category Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science
√
 To provide an overview of gender sensitivity
Course Objective
 To provide basic understanding about contemporary gender related perspectives
After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Illustrate the fundamental principles of gender sensitivity
2. Explain biological, sociological and psychological conditioning
Course Outcome 3. Demonstrate Gender based division of labour
4. Explain contemporary perspectives of gender sensitivity
5. Illustrate about justice, human rights and legal perspectives with reference to
gender
6. Discuss emerging issues and challenges of the gender sensitivity
Unit 1: Fundamentals of gender sensitivity
Gender: definition, nature, evolution, cultural, traditional and historical perspective
Unit 2: Gender Spectrum
Gender: An overview of Biological, sociological and psychological conditioning
Unit 3: Division of labour
Gender based division of labour-domestic work and use value;
Unit 4: Gender-Contemporary perspective
Gender justics and human rights, international perspective, constitutional and legal perspectives,
Gender, Human Rights and Parity (parallel progress of both genders)
Unit 5 Media and emerging issues in gender
Print and Electronic Media and Gender Inequalities; Gender-Emerging issues and challenges; Case study
on real life gender issues
33
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
TOTAL: 30 Hours.

Text Book:

1. Rajya Lakshmi Kalyani et al. 2017. GENDER SENSITISATION. Himalaya Publishing House

Reference Book:

1. GENDER, SCHOOL AND SOCIETY - B.ED 2ND YEAR BOOK (ENGLISH, Paperback, Dr.
S.C.OBEROI), Laxmi Publishers

PROGRAM Common to BE/B.Com/BBA -(NA/PE//EEEM/MECH/MINING/FPT/B.Com/BBA)

Course Code Course Name : L T P C
UELECPB Communication Skills
Laboratory- II 0 0 2 1

Year and I Year ( II Semester ) Contact hours per week

Semester (2 Hrs)
Prerequisite
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To make them realize the importance of career development in current
scenario.
2. To enhance their communicative skills in real life situations.
3. To help learners participate passionately improve their listening and
speaking skills.
Course Outcome At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Speak effectively with appropriate competence and performance.
2. Read different genres of texts, infer implied meanings and critically
analyse and evaluate them for ideas as well as for method of presentation.
3. Listen/view and comprehend different spoken excerpts critically and infer
unspoken and implied meanings.
4. Use communication strategies to participate in groups.
5. Participate effectively in work place related activities pertained to technical
communication.

34
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

CO1 - - - - - 3 2 2 3 3 - 3
CO2 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 3 - 3
CO3 2
- - - - - 3 2 3 3 - 3
CO4 2
- - - - - 2 2 3 3 - 3
CO5 - - - - - 3 2 2 3 3 - 3
CO6
- - - - - 2 2 2 3 3 - 3
Average - - - - - 2.5 2 2 3 3 - 3

Unit-I

Listening to Conversation and Speeches by Native Speakers

Unit-II

Cover letter – Career objectives- Resume writing –Different types of resumes.

Unit-III

Presentation skills- General and Technical topics-Honing Body-language-Extempore

Unit-IV

Group Discussion on current issues – Problem solving- Critical Analyses

Unit-V
Interview Skills – Mock Interviews- HR Questions- FAQ- Online Interview- Panel Interview

TOTAL : 30 Hours

Reference Books
3. Communication Skills. Sanjay Kumar and Pushpa Latha, Oxford University Press, 2011

4. Exercises in Spoken English Part – I – III, Hyderabad, Oxford University Press.

35
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEPHCPA Engineering Physics Laboratory 0 0 2 1
Year and Semester I Year & II Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Higher Secondary School Education; 2 Hrs
Fundamental concepts of Physics
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
Course Objective 1. 1. To realize the effect of torsional stress in ship structures.
2. To understand the effect of bending moments in ships structures.
3. To explain about viscosity and surface tension.
4. To understand the magnetic effect of coil.
5. To explain about interference pattern and formation of air wedge.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Interpret and validate the measured parameters
2. Apply the basic concepts of Physics to determine various properties of
materials
3. Justify the values of horizontal magnetic field of earth;
4. Determine the viscosity and surface tension of liquid
5. Utilize measuring instruments such as screw guage, vernier caliper and
microscope
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1
1 1 - - - - - 2 3 - 2 2 2 3
- - - - - - 3 2 - 2 2 3 3
CO2
2
- 3 1 - - - 2 3 - - 2 2 2
CO3
2
- - 1 - - - - 3 2 - 2 2 2 2
CO4
1

36
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
CO5
1 2 - - - - - 2 3 - 2 2 3 2
CO6 - - - - - - - 3 2 - 3 2 3 2
AVERAGE 1.67 1.67 3 1 1 - - - 2.50 2.50 - 2.20 2.00 2.50 2.33
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
List of Experiments:
Course contents:

1. Torsion pendulum – Rigidity modulus of elasticity

2. Spectrometer Grating – wavelength of mercury spectral lines
3. Air wedge – Thickness of a wire
4. Surface tension of water – Capillary rise method
5. Calibration of low voltmeter – potentiometer
6. Coefficient of viscosity of water – graduate burette
7. Field along the axis of a coil
8. Newton’s rings – radius of curvature of a convex lens
9. Non uniform bending – Young’s modulus of elasticity of a bar
10. Uniform bending - Young’s modulus of elasticity of a bar
TOTAL: 30 PERIODS

Text Books:
1. D.S. Mathur, P.S.Hemne, 2000, Mechanics, S. Chand & Company Ltd, New Edition, New Delhi, 1-848
2. Ghatak, 2017, Optics, McGraw Hill Education, 6th Edition, New Delhi, 1-632.
3. R. Murugesan, Electricity & Magnetism, 2017, S. Chand & company Ltd, 10th edition, New Delhi, 1-478.
4. H.S. Hans, S.P. Puri, 2009, Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, 2 nd edition, New Delhi, 1-
551.

Reference Books:
1. M. Narayanamurthi and N. Lakshminarayan, 1997, Electricity and Magnetism, The National Publishing
Company, 3rd edition.
2. Hugh D. Young and Roger A. Freedman, 2011, Sears and Zemansky’s University Physics: Electricity and
Magnetism, Vol- II, Pearson Education Limited, 12th edition, Chennai, Delhi, 1-452.
3. Halliday, Resnick and Walker, 2009, Fundamentals of Physics, Wiley India, extended 8 th edition, New Delhi, 1-
1279.
4. Brijlal & Subramanian, 2001, Principles of Physics, S. Chand & company Ltd, revised edition,New Delhi, 1-
1105.

37
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E & B.TECH ( Mech, EEEM, NAOE, PE, FPT, Mining)
Course Code: Course Name : L T P C
UECHCPA Engineering Chemistry Laboratory 0 0 2 1

Year and I Year (I & II Semester ) Contact hours per week

Semester ( 2 Hrs )
Prerequisite course NIL
Course Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
category Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
Course Objective 1. To analyze the given water sample to determine its alkalinity and hardness.
2. To quantitatively estimate the given solutions using instruments like potentiometer,
conductivity meter and pH meter and Viscometer
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Analyze the alkalinity of give water samples.
2. Estimate the hardness of water
3. Compare the acid strengths of given acids using conductivity meter
4. Determine the strength of acid using pH meter
5. Estimate the amount of ferrous iron in given solution potentiometrically
6. Determine the viscosity of given polymer using viscometer
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 2 1 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 3 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO3 3 3 1 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
CO4 3 3 1 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 3 2 2 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
CO6 3 3 2 1 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
AVERAGE 2.8 3 1.6 1.8 1.6 1.8 - - - - - - - - -
38
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

List of Experiments
1. Estimation of Hydroxide Alkalinity
2. Estimation of Bicarbonate Alkalinity
3. Estimation of Temporary, Permanent and Total Hardness
4. Determination of strength of given hydrochloric acid using pH meter.
5. Conductometric titration of strong acid vs strong base.
6. Determination of strength of acids in a mixture of acids using conductivity meter.
7. Estimation of iron content of the given solution using potentiometer.
8. Determination of molecular weight of polyvinyl alcohol using Ostwald viscometer.
9. Corrosion experiment ─ weight loss method.
10. Pseudo first order kinetics ─ ester hydrolysis.
Total :30hours

REFERENCES BOOKS:
1. Daniel R. Palleros, “Experimental organic chemistry” John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New Yor (2001).
2. Furniss B.S. Hannaford A.J, Smith P.W.G and Tatchel A.R., “Vogel”s Textbook of practical organic
chemistry”, LBS Singapore (1994).
3. Jeffery G.H., Bassett J., Mendham J.and Denny “vogel”s R.C, “Text book of quantitative analysis
chemical analysis”, ELBS 5th Edn. Longman, Singapore publishers, Singapore, 1996.
4. Kolthoff I.M., Sandell E.B. et al. “Quantitative chemical analysis”, Mcmillan, Madras 1980.

39
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEITCPA Python Programming Lab 0 0 2 1
Year and I Year & II Semester Contact hours per week
Semester 2 Hrs
Prerequisite -
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

√
Course Objective 1. To write, test, and debug simple Python programs.
2. To implement Python programs with conditionals and loops.
3. Use functions for structuring Python programs.
4. Represent compound data using Python lists, tuples, and dictionaries.
5. Read and write data from/to files in Python.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Write, test, and debug simple Python programs.
2. Implement Python programs with conditionals and loops.
3. Develop Python programs step-wise by defining functions and calling them.
4. Use Python lists, tuples, dictionaries for representing compound data.
5. Read and write data from/to files in Python.
6. Solve real time problem using python.
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 2 3 3 - - - 2 3 - 2 - - -
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 - 3 - - -
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 3 - 3 - - -
CO4 2 2 2 3 3 - - - 3 3 - 2 - - -
CO5 2 2 2 3 3 - - - 2 3 - 2 - - -
CO6 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 3 - 2 - - -
AVERAGE 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.67 3.00 - - - 2.67 3.00 - 2.33 - - -
CORRELATION LEVELS 4. SLIGHT (LOW) 5. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 6. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

Lab1: Familiarization with programming environment

Lab 2: Simple computational problems using variables and types conversation

Lab 3: Operators and Expressions

40
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Lab 4: Problems involving if-then-else structures

Lab 5: Iterative problems e.g., sum of series

Lab 6: Functions and Fruitful functions

Lab 7: Command line arguments

Lab 8: List: Cloning, Comprehension, Processing

Lab 9: Tuples: Vector processing using tuples

Lab 10: Dictionary operations

Lab 11: String functions, slices

Lab 12: File handling operations

Lab 13: Handling Errors and Exception

Lab 14: Raising an Exceptions

Lab 15: Writing modules and packages

Total : 30 Hours

41
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM BE-(Electrical and Electronics Engineering -Marine)

Course Code Course Name : L T P C
UEMTC03 Engineering Mathematics - III 3 1 0 4
Year and II Year &IV Semester
Contact hours per week
Semester
( 4Hrs )
Prerequisite
NIL
course
Humanities and Management Professional
Professional Core
Social Sciences courses Elective
Course
Engineering
category Basic Science
Science
Open Elective Mandatory


Course 1. To introduce the concept of Fourier series in engineering.
Objective 2. To introduce the basic concepts of partial differential equations and solving
heat flow problems used in various situations.
3. To impart the knowledge of Fourier transform and Z- transform techniques
4. To understand discrete probability distributions and sampling techniques based
on small samples.
5. To solve a linear system of equations using an appropriate numerical method.
Course Outcome After successful completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Interpret the Fourier series method and its applications..
2. Interpret the how to solve the given first and higher order partial differential
equations.
4. Apply the concepts of discrete probability distributions and hypothesis testing.
5. Interpret the numerical Differentiation and Integration and numerical solutions
of ordinary differential equations.
6. Infer knowledge on different techniques of PDE, Probability & Statistics and
Numerical Methods.
POS/ COS PO 1 PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO11 PO 12
CO1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2
CO2 3 2 3 3 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2
CO4 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2
CO5 3 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2
AVERAGE 2.8 2.5 2.8 2.5 1.7 - - - - - - 2
Correlation level 1.slight (low) 2.moderate( medium) 3. Substantial (high)

UNIT-I: Fourier Series 12 Hours

42
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
General Fourier series – Odd and even functions– Half range sine series – Half range cosine series –
Complex form of Fourier series – Harmonic analysis .

UNIT-II : First and Higher order Partial Differential Equations 12 Hours

Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions-
Lagrange's Linear First order equation - Classification of PDE – Method of separation of variables –
Solutions of one dimensional wave equation and heat equation.

UNIT-III : Fourier Transforms & Z Transforms 12 Hours

Fourier Transform-Properties of Fourier transform- Fourier sine and cosine transforms – Application of
Convolution theorem -Standard Z-transforms- Standard results - Properties of Z- transform -Initial value
and Final value theorem- Inverse Z-transform.

UNIT-IV: Probability & Statistics 12 Hours

Probability distributions- Binomial- Poisson –Application of Binomial and Poisson distribution -

Evaluation of statistical parameters - Correlation and regression – Rank correlation- Sampling
distributions - Testing of hypothesis for small sample.

UNIT-V: Numerical Methods 12 Hours

Solution of linear system of equations- Gauss elimination method - Iterative methods- Gauss Jacobi and
Gauss Seidel- Application of Numerical Differentiation and integration using Trapezoidal and Simpson’s
1/3 rule.

. TOTAL: 60 Hours
Text book:
1. Veerarajan. T., "Transforms and Partial Differential Equations", Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi, Second reprint, 2012.
2. Grewal. B.S., "Higher Engineering Mathematics", 42nd Edition, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2012.
3. Narayanan.S., Manicavachakam Pillay.T.K and Ramanaiah.G "Advanced Mathematics for
Engineering Students" Vol. II & III, S.Viswanathan Publishers Pvt Ltd. 1998.
4. Sankara Rao. K., "Numerical methods for Scientists and Engineers", Prentice Hall of India Private,
3rd Edition, New Delhi, 2007.
Reference books:
1. Glyn James, "Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics", 3rd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics", 8th Edition, Wiley India, 2007.
3. Ray Wylie. C and Barrett.L.C, "Advanced Engineering Mathematics" Tata Mc Graw Hill Education
Pvt Ltd, Sixth Edition, New Delhi, 2012.
4. Gerald. C. F., and Wheatley. P. O., "Applied Numerical Analysis", Pearson Education, Asia, 6 th
Edition, New Delhi, 2006.

43
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEMCC01 Engineering Mechanics 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester II Year &III Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Physics - I 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
Course Objective 1. To understand about forces and its effects
2. To analyze the forces under equilibrium
3. To learn about laws of friction on various applications
4. To calculate centroid and moment of inertia of various sections
5. To evaluate the displacement, velocity and acceleration of particles and rigid bodies.

Course Outcome After successful completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Explain the engineering principles dealing with force, displacement, velocity and
acceleration.
2. Build the knowledge on the equilibrium of rigid bodies.
3. Determine Friction and its effects.
4. Explain the fundamental concepts of kinematics and kinetics of particles to solve
engineering problems.
5. Demonstrate the principles of work and energy of particles
6. Apply the concept of mechanics for engineering applications
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3 2 - -
CO3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO4 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 2 - -
CO5 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3 2 - -
CO6 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
AVERAGE 3.00 2.50 2.50 - - - - - - - - 3.00 2.50 - -
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

44
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT I BASICS & STATICS OF PARTICLES 9 Hrs
Introduction - Units and Dimensions – Forces – System of forces, Effect of forces – Resultant forces – Parallelogram
law of forces – Triangular law of forces – Polygon law of forces – Resolution and composition of forces – Principles
of transmissibility. Single equivalent force - Equilibrium of particles – Moment and couple – Varignon’s Theorem.

UNIT II EQUILIBRIUM OF RIGID BODIES 9 Hrs

Equilibrium of forces – Law of mechanics - Lami’s theorem. - Free body diagram – Requirement of Stable
Equilibrium – Equilibrium of rigid bodies in 2D – Examples. Type of supports and their support reactions.

UNIT III FRICTION 9 Hrs

Static and Dynamic Friction – Laws of friction - Equilibrium of a body on a rough Horizontal plane, inclined Plane
and inclined plane subjected to a force acting along the inclined plane. Applications of friction - Simple contact
friction (Ladder friction) – Screw friction - Belt friction – Rolling Resistance.

UNIT IV PROPERTIES OF SURFACES AND SOLIDS 9 Hrs

Determination of Areas and Volumes-First moments of area and the Centroid of sections-Rectangle, circle, triangle
from integration-T section, I section, Angle section, by using standard formula- Second moments of plane area-
Rectangle, triangle, circle from integration-T section. I section, Angle section by using standard formula-parallel axis
theorem and perpendicular axis theorem.

UNIT V DYNAMICS OF PARTICLES AND RIGID BODIES 9 Hrs

Dynamics of Particles - Displacement, velocity and acceleration, their relationship - Relative motion- Curvilinear
motion - Projectiles , Impulse and Momentum – Law of conservation of momentum – Types of collision - Collision
of Elastic Bodies – Newton’s law of collision of bodies - co-efficient of restitution.

TOTAL : 45 HOURS
TEXT BOOK:

1. K.V. Natarajan, “Engineering Mechanics”, 2003.

2. R.S Khurmi, “A Textbook of Engineering Mechanics”. S. Chand & Co. (2010)
3. Irving H. Shames (2006), Engineering Mechanics, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. S.S. Bhavikatti, “Engineering Mechanics”

2. Palanichamy & Nagan, “Engineering Mechanics Statics & Dynamics”
3. S. Rajasekaran, G. SankaraSubramania, “Fundamentals of Engineering Mechanics”.
4. F. P. Beer and E. R. Johnston (2011), Vector Mechanics for Engineers, Vol I - Statics, Vol II, – Dynamics, 9th
Ed, Tata McGraw Hill
5. R. C. Hibbler (2006), Engineering Mechanics: Principles of Statics and Dynamics, Pearson Press.
6. Andy Ruina and Rudra Pratap (2011), Introduction to Statics and Dynamics, Oxford University Press
7. Shanes and Rao (2006), Engineering Mechanics, Pearson Education,
8. Hibler and Gupta (2010),Engineering Mechanics (Statics, Dynamics) by Pearson Education
9. Reddy Vijaykumar K. and K. Suresh Kumar(2010), Singer’s Engineering Mechanics
10. Bansal R.K.(2010), A Text Book of Engineering Mechanics, Laxmi Publications
11. Tayal A.K. (2010), Engineering Mechanics, Umesh Publications

45
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C

UEEE301 Electric Circuit Analysis 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester II Year & III Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course - 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To understand the concept of circuit elements lumped circuits, waveforms, circuit
laws and network reduction.
2. To analyze the transient response of series and parallel A.C. circuits.
3. To solve problems in time domain using Laplace Transform.
Course Outcome After successful completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Illustrate the operation of AC Circuits
2. Explain the network theorems and dual networks
3.Construct and analyze two port networks and its parameters
4. Explain the transient analysis of electric circuits.
5. Demonstrate the electric circuits by using simulation software.
6. Apply the knowledge of electric circuits for engineering application.
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 2 2 3 3
CO6 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2 2
AVERAGE 2.83 2.83 2.50 2.33 2.00 - - - - - - 2.00 2.33 2.33 2.33
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT I: ANALYSIS OF AC CIRCUITS 9 Hrs
Introduction to AC circuits, Series resonance, Parallel resonance, Mesh impedance matrix and node
admittance matrix, solving AC circuits using mesh and node analysis, Analysis of coupled circuits.

UNIT II: NETWORK THEOREMS 9 Hrs

Analysis of networks with ac and dc sources by Thevenin’s and Norton’s theorems- Analysis of ac and dc
circuits for maximum power transfer to resistive and complex loads - Application of Super Position
theorem to multisource networks, Concept of duality and dual networks.
UNIT III: TWO PORT NETWORKS 9 Hrs

46
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Two Port networks: Definition, Open circuit impedance, Short circuit admittance and Transmission
parameters and their evaluation for simple circuits. Network functions of one port and two port networks,
Properties of poles and zeros of network functions. Circuits for maximum power transfer to resistive and
complex loads - Application of Super Position theorem to multisource networks.

UNIT IV: TRANSIENT ANALYSIS 9 Hrs

Introduction- Source free response of RL and RC circuits – forced response of RL and RC
circuits - time constant- – Initial and final value theorems -Transients in RC, RL and RLC circuit with DC
excitation- Laplace Transform application to the solution of RL, RC & RLC circuits .
UNIT V: SIMULATION OF ELECTRIC CIRCUITS 9 Hrs
Computer Simulation: Design of simple AC and DC circuits –Verification of Network theorems for AC
and DC Circuits -Simulation of three phase balanced and unbalanced star & delta connected networks- Mini
Project.
Total: 45 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:

1. William H. Hayt Jr, Jack E. Kemmerly and Steven M. Durbin, “Engineering Circuits Analysis”, Tata
McGraw Hill publishers, 8 th edition, New Delhi, 2013
2. Mahmood Nahvi and Joseph A.Edminister,”:Electric Circuits”, Schaum Outline Series, Tata McGraw
Hill,
5th edition, 2011.
3. Sudhakar.A and Shyam Mohan.S.P, “Circuits and Networks Analysis and Synthesis”, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 4th edition, 2010.
REFERENCES:
1. Charles K.Alexander, Mathew N.O. Sadiku, “Fundamentals of Electric Circuit”, Tata McGraw-Hill, N.Y,
5th edition,2019.
2. Sukhija and Nagsarkar, “Circuits and Networks”, Oxford University Press, Second edition, 2016.
3. Arumugam and Prem Kumar, Electric Circuit Theory, Khanna Publishers, 2002

47
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE302 Electromagnetic Theory 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester II year & III Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite Mathematics, Engineering Physics 3 Hrs
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. To demonstrate the unification of electrostatic and magneto-static fields as a time
varying electromagnetic fields that lead to the development of Maxwell’s equations.
2. To explore the fundamentals of wave propagation in different medium.
3. To understand the applications of time varying field and wave propagation and
thereby make them competent in electric, magnetic and time varying fields.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Outline the basics of electrostatic fields.
2. Demonstrate electric fields in material space.
3. Explain various laws related to steady magnetic field.
4. Illustrate property of magnetic materials, concepts and its applications.
5. Explain the concepts behind electromagnetic waves in different medium.
6. Apply the concept of Electromagnetic fields in engineering applications.
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 2 3 2 3 2 - - - - 2 3 3 3 3
CO6 3 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - 2 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 3.00 2.67 2.67 2.83 2.50 2.00 - - - - 2.00 2.50 3.00 2.83 2.83
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: ELECTROSTATIC FIELD 9 Hrs

Introduction - Coulomb’s law – Electric field intensity – electric fields due to point, line, surface and volume
charge distributions – Electric flux density – Gauss law – Applications of Gauss Law – Divergence –
Maxwell’s first equation Divergence theorem – Electric potential – Potential field - Potential gradient – Field
due to dipoles – dipole moment – Energy density.

UNIT II: ELECTRIC FIELDS IN MATERIAL SPACE 9 Hrs

Current and current density – Continuity of current – Conductor properties and Nature of Dielectrics –
Boundary conditions–Capacitance – Capacitance of system of conductors – Polarization in dielectrics –
Dielectric constant and Dielectric strength - Energy stored in capacitor – method of images - Poisson’s and
48
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Laplace equations – Electrostatic applications in Van de Graff generator, Electrostatic separation and
Xerography.

UNIT III: STEADY MAGNETIC FIELDS 9 Hrs

Introduction – Biot Savart Law – Ampere’s Circuital Law – Applications – Curl and Stoke’s theorem –
Magnetic flux and Magnetic flux density – The Scalar and Vector magnetic potentials – Force on a moving
charge and current elements – Force and Torque on closed circuit.

UNIT IV: MAGNETIC MATERIALS, CONCEPTS AND APPLICATIONS 9 Hrs

Introduction to magnetic materials – Magnetization and Permeability – Magnetic boundary conditions –

Magnetic circuit – Potential energy and forces on Magnetic materials – Inductance and mutual inductance –
Inductance of solenoids, toroids, and transmission lines – Faraday’s Law – Time varying magnetic field.
Application of Magnetic field in Induction heating.

UNIT V: ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE PROPAGATION 9 Hrs

Conduction current and Displacement current – Maxwell’s equation in point and integral forms– Wave
propagation in free space– Wave propagation in Dielectrics – Power and the Poynting Vector – Propagation
in good conductors. Application in Microwaves in Telecommunications, Radar systems and Micro wave
heating.
Total Hours: 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS:

1. William Hayt, Engineering Electromagnetics, McGraw Hill, New York, 7th Edition, 2005.
2. Matthew N.O.Sadiku, Principles of Electromagnetics, Oxford University Press, 6th edition, New Delhi,
2015.

REFERENCES:

1. David K Cheng, Field and Wave Electromagnetics, Pearson Education, 2013.

2. John D. Kraus, Electromagnetics, McGraw Hill, 5th Edition, 1999.
3. L.C. Shen, J.A. Kong and A Patnaik, Engineering Electromagnetics, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd,
2011.
4. N. Narayana Rao, Elements of Engineering Electromagnetics, Prentice Hall of India, 6 th Edition,2008.

49
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM BE –Electrical and Electronics Engineering -Marine

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE303 Electrical Machines – I 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester II Year & III Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Basic Electrical Engineering 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To impart knowledge on DC machines.

2. To acquire knowledge on Transformers.
3. To understand the working of energy conversion machines.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Explain the concept of electromagnetic conversion in electrical machines .
2. Illustrate the construction details and characteristic of DC generators.
3. Determine the performance characteristic of DC motors.
4. Outline the functions of single phase and three phase transformers.
5. Analyze the performance of DC machines and transformers.
6. Apply the knowledge of dc machines and transformers in engineering applications.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 3 3 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 3.00 3.00 2.83 2.67 2.33 - - - - - 2.50 2.83 2.67 2.33 2.50
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: MAGNETIC CIRCUITS AND ELECTROMECHANICAL ENERGY CONVERSION 9 Hrs

Simple magnetic circuit calculations– B-H Relationship – Magnetically induced emf and force – AC
operation of magnetic circuits – Hysteresis and Eddy current losses - Energy in magnetic system – Field
energy and mechanical force – Energy conversion via electric field.

UNIT II: DC GENERATOR 9 Hrs

Elementary concepts of rotating machines – MMF of distributed winding - DC Generator - Construction –

Lap and wave winding – emf equation-excitation and types of generators - Characteristics - armature

50
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
reaction-methods of improving commutation - testing power flow diagram - Applications.

UNIT III: DC MOTOR 9 Hrs

DC Motor - torque equation – types - back emf and voltage equations – characteristics - Starting - Speed
control - testing - direct, indirect and regenerative tests - Power flow and efficiency - separation of losses -
retardation test - Braking - DC machines dynamics – Applications.

UNIT IV: TRANSFORMERS 9 Hrs

Single phase transformers – Principle - Construction – No load operation – Ideal transformer - Vector
diagram - no load and on load - Equivalent circuit – Parallel operation and load sharing of single-phase
transformers – Testing – Losses –– Efficiency, voltage regulation and all-day efficiency - Applications.
Introduction to three phase Transformers and Auto-transformer.

UNIT V: TESTING OF DC MACHINES AND TRANSFORMERS 9 Hrs

Assembling and dismantling of Rotating Machines – Insulation Testing of Machines.

Total: 45 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:

1. I.J. Nagrath and D.P. Kothari, Electric machines, T.M.H. Publishing Co.Ltd., New Delhi, 4th Edition, 2010.
2. Fitzgerald. A.E., Charles Kingsely Jr, Stephen D.Umans, ‘Electric Machinery’, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw
Hill Books Company, 2015.
3. B.L. Theraja, Electrical Technology - Vol. II AC and DC Machines, S. Chand, 2008.
4. V.K.Metha & Rohit Metha,‘Principle of Electrical Machines’, S.Chand Publishers, 2009.

REFERENCES:

1. Battacharya S K, Electrical Machines, Technical Teachers Training Institute, 2 nd Edition, 2003.

2. J.B. Gupta, Theory and Performance of Electrical Machines, S.K.Kataria and Sons, 2015
3. P.C. Sen, Principles of Electric Machines and Power Electronics, Wiley Student Edition, 2 nd Edition,2008.
4. M.N. Bandyopadhyay, Electrical Machines - Theory and Practice, PHI, 2007.
5. P.S. Bimbhra, Electrical Machinery, Khanna Publishers, 2003.
6. Transformers, Second Edition, Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2003.

51
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE304 Electron Devices and Circuits 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester II Year & III Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Engineering Physics 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science

√
Course Objective 1. To provide comprehensive idea about working principle, operation and
characteristics of electronic devices.
2. To acquire knowledge about the fundamentals of transducers
3. To understand the basic concepts of Digital Electronics and Communication
Systems
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:

1. Infer the performance characteristics of Semiconductor Devices.

2. Demonstrate the operation of CE, CC & Common base amplifiers and their characteristics
3. Illustrate the performance of amplifiers
4. Discuss the Characteristics of oscillators and multi vibrators.
5. Explain the application of special purpose devices like LED, LCD, etc.,
6. Apply the knowledge of electron devices and circuits for engineering applications.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO2 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 - -
CO3 2 2 - 2 - - - - - - - 2 - 2 -
CO4 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - -
CO5 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 - 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 - 3
AVERAGE 2.67 2.67 2.20 2.00 - - - - - - - 2.40 2.50 2.00 3.00
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES 9 Hrs

PN junction diode - Zener diode characteristics - Zener effect - Half wave and full wave rectifiers - Operation
and Applications, Silicon Controlled Rectifier (SCR), TRIAC, DIAC – Operation, Construction,
Characteristics, Ratings, Applications.

52
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT II: TRANSISTORS 9 Hrs

Bipolar junction transistors - CB, CE, CC configuration and characteristics - Junction Field effect transistor –
UJT - Characteristics and simple applications.

UNIT III : AMPLIFIERS 9 Hrs

Single stage R C Coupled Transistor Amplifiers, Differential Amplifiers, Push-Pull Amplifier, Cascading of
Amplifiers. Concept of feedback –Positive feedback- Negative feedback,

UNIT IV: OSCILLATORS & MULTIVIBRATORS 9 Hrs

Classification of Oscillators-Hartley Oscillator-Colpitts Oscillator-Crystal Oscillators-Wein Bridge Oscillator,
RC Phase Shift Oscillator. Multivibrators: Astable, Bistable, Monostable Multivibrators.
UNIT V: SPECIAL PURPOSE DEVICES 9 Hrs

LED-LCD-Photo Diode-Varactor diode-Opto electronic devices –Tunnel diode- Gallium Arsenide device,
LASER diode, LDR.
. Total: 45 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:
1.Thomas L. Floyd, “Electronic Devices”, Pearson Education, 9th Edition, 2011.
2. David A.Bell “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Oxford Higher Education Press, 5 th Edition, 2010
3.Thyagarajan.T, Sendur Chelvi.K.P, Rangaswamy.T.R, “Engineering Basics: Electrical, Electronics and
Computer Engineering”, New Age International, Third Edition, 2007.
4.Sedha. R. S, “A Textbook of Applied Electronics”, S.Chand & Co., 3rd edition.2013.
REFERENCES:
1. Robert. L. Boylestad & Lo Nashelsky, “Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory”, Eighth edition, Pearson
Education, 10th edition, 2009.
2. Rajput.R.K, “Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering”, Laxmi Publications, First Edition, 2007.
3. Raj Kamal, “Digital Systems-Principles and Design”, Pearson Education, 2009.

PROGRAM Common to all the BE Programmes offered in AMET (ME, Mech, EEEM, PE, HE, NA
&OE, Mining) and B.Tech FPT; BBA Shipping, B.Com., LCA
Course Code: L T P C
UEMDC04 Constitution of India 2 0 0 0

Year and II Year (3rd Semester) Contact hours per week

Semester ( 2Hrs )
53
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Prerequisite NIL
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science

Course  To provide understanding of basic concepts of Indian Constitution and various organs
Objective created by the constitution including their functions.
 To explain the non – institutional political processes and thereby to sensitize the
students on informal processes of politics

Course Outcome After completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Aware of the theoretical aspects of the state, it organs, its operationalization aspect.
2. Equip the students with the real understanding of our political system/process in
correct perspective
3. Gain knowledge on judiciary, and distribution of legislative powers.
4. Understand the principles of national integrity and economy for development.
5. Gain knowledge on Changing nature of the Indian Party System

Unit 1: Introductory 6 hours

Salient feature of the constitution; Nature of India Federalism: Preamble, Citizenship & State; Fundamental
rights, directives principles and fundamental duties.
Unit 2: Union and State Executive 6 hours

President, Governor- Election, appointment, powers, position, council of ministers, Prime Minister,
Parliamentary system of Government Union and State Legislative; Lok Sabha, Rajya Sabha, Vidhan Sabha
&Vidhan Parishad - Composition; Speaker, Chairman, Privileges, Legislative procedure.
Unit 3 : Union 6 hours

State Judiciary - Supreme Court & High Court, Composition & Powers, Writs. Union - State Legislative
Relationship – Distribution of Legislative Powers; Administrative & Financial Relationship.
Unit 4 : Political Economy 6 hours

National Integration and Problem of National Building Political Economy of Development: Challenges of
nation building –state against democracy.

Unit 5 : Changing nature of the Indian Party System 6 hours

54
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Significance of the Indian Model of Political System, Party system typology – Changing nature of Indian Party
system Concept of one party dominance and the Congress system National and Regional parties; Ideology
organization Leadership patterns and factionalism Elections, political participation and Voting behavior
Interest and Pressure groups.
Total: 45 Hours

Text Book
1. DurgadasBasu ,Introduction to the Constitution of India, LexisNexis 1st edition 2013.
2. Madhav Khosla, The Indian Constitution, Oxford University Press, New Delhi , 2012.
References
1. Brij Kishore Sharma, Introduction to the Indian Constitution, PHI, New Delhi, latest edition.
2. Rajini Kothari, Rethinking Democracy, Orient Longman, New Delhi, 2005.

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE3PA Electrical Machines– I Laboratory 0 0 2 1
Year and Semester II Year & III Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Engineering Physics 2 Hrs

55
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. To impart knowledge about operation of DC machines and its characteristics.
2. To understand various types of tests to be performed on DC machines
3. To obtain the performance characteristics of transformers based on various tests under
no load, loading conditions, Open circuit and short circuit conditions.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate the operation and characteristic of various DC motors.
2. Illustrate the performance and characteristic of DC generators.
3. Experiment with the load of single phase and three phase transformers.
4. Experiment with the load of single phase and three phase transformers.
5. Infer the performance and characteristics of parallel operation of transformer and
DC machines.
6. Apply the knowledge of electrical machines in engineering applications.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 3 2 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.83 2.83 3.00 2.83 2.50 - - - 2.50 2.50 2.83 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
List of Experiments
1. Load test on DC shunt Motor
2. Load test on DC series Motor
3.Load test on DC Compound Motor
4. Open Circuit and load test Characteristics test of Self-excited DC shunt Generator
5.Open Circuit and load test Characteristics test of Separately excited DC shunt Generator
6. Load Characteristics of DC Compound generator with differential and Cumulative Connection
7.Swinburne’s Test of DC Shunt Motor
8.Speed Control of DC Shunt Motor
9. Load test on single phase transformer
10. O.C and S.C test on single phase transformer
TOTAL: 30 Hours

56
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE3PB Electric Circuit Analysis Laboratory
0 0 2 1
Year and Semester II Year & III Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Basics of Electrical Engineering 2 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. This laboratory course will give a thorough knowledge about the basics of circuit
analysis.
2. This course will provide exposure to the students to verify various laws and theorems
3. To understand the characteristics of diodes and transistors
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate Kirchhoff’s voltage, current laws and network theorems.
2. Compare the vector diagrams of series and parallel R, L and C circuits.
3. Explain how to sinusoidal voltage, frequency and power factor using CRO.
4. Illustrate the characteristics of amplifiers, clampers, clippers, Multivibrator, Schmitt
triggers and oscillators.
5. Contrast the working principle of half wave and full wave rectifier using CRO.
6. Apply the knowledge of Electrical circuits in engineering applications.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 - - - 2 2 -
CO2 2 2 3 2 - - - - 2 2 - 2 3 2 2
CO3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 - 2 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 3 2 3 2 2
CO6 2 2 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 3 3 3 2 2
AVERAGE 2.00 2.00 2.33 2.00 2.00 - - - 2.00 2.00 2.67 2.20 2.67 2.00 2.00
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

List of Experiments:

1. Verification of Thevenin’s and Norton’s Theorem.

2. Verification of Superposition and Maximum Power transfer Theorem.
3. Simulation of Series and Parallel Resonance Circuits.
4. Frequency response of Series and Parallel Resonance Circuits.
5. Measurement of Power, Power factor and Impedance of RLC circuits using voltmeters and ammeters.
6. Characteristics of PN diode & Zener diode
7. Characteristics of BJT
57
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
8. Characteristics of JFET
9. Characteristics of CE Amplifier
10.Characteristics of UJT

TOTAL : 30 Hours

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE3PC Electrical Wokshop Practices 0 0 2 1
Year and Semester II Year & III Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Engineering Physics 2 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
Course Objective 1. To provide exposure on various electrical and electronics components.
58
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
2. To analyze the operation of electronics devices.
3. To learn about various types of electrical wiring
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Explain the working of electronic measuring instruments and solve the basic dc and
ac circuits.
2. Compare the logic gates.
3. Explain the fabrication of PCB.
4. Demonstrate fluorescent and staircase wiring.
5. Explain the layout of ship layout.
6. Illustrate the measurement of insulation resistance of electric circuits.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 2 2 - - - - 2 - - 2 2 2 -
CO2 2 2 3 2 - - - - 2 2 - 2 3 1 2
CO3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 1 2 2 1 3 3 2
CO5 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 3 1 3 3 3 2 2
CO6 2 2 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 3 3 3 2 2
AVERAGE 2.00 2.00 2.33 2.00 2.25 - - - 2.00 2.00 2.50 2.17 2.67 2.00 2.00
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

List of Experiments:
1. Study of electronic components (Active/Passive elements).
2. Study of Electronic Instruments and Equipment (CRO, Function generator, Power Supply, Digital
Multimeter).
3. Verification of logic gates.
4. Single side PCB Fabrication of resistive network- Assembly and Testing.
5. Single side PCB Fabrication of Electronic circuits- Assembly and Testing.
6. Experimental verification of single lamp controlled by single switch.
7. Assembling and testing of Fluorescent lamp wiring.
8. Verification of Staircase wiring and godown wiring.
9. Study of Ship electrical layout.
10. Measurement of insulation resistance.
TOTAL: 30 Hour

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name : L T P C
UELECPC Interpersonal Communication
0 0 2 1

Year and Semester II Year ( III Semester ) Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Basic Language Skills (2 Hrs)
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
59
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. Learn various aspects of different cultures and the need for the effective interpersonal
communication
2. Understanding the techniques of communication between friends and between members
in group
3. Use of language effectively at interpersonal communicational situations to avoid conflict
and tension.
4. Mould the personality so as to reduce and repair conflicts
Learn the need for socialization.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Apply Articles, Prepositions, Pronouns, Adjectives and Adverbs in their
speaking and writing skills.
2. Infer the knowledge on public speaking and conduct of meetings.
3. Develop skills on interactive English.
4. Develop listening and speaking skills for effective presentation.
5. Develop good attitude, behavior and communication skills.
6. Build interview skills and personality development
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 2 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - 3 1 2 2 2 - 2 - - -
CO4 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 3 - 2 - - -
CO5 - - - - - 3 2 1 3 2 - 2 - - -
CO6 - - - - - 2 3 2 3 3 - 2 - - -
AVERAGE - - - - - 2.50 2.00 2.00 2.33 2.50 - 2.00 - - -
CORRELATION LEVELS 4. SLIGHT (LOW) 5. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 6. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
Unit I: PRESENTATION SKILLS (6 Hrs)
Axioms of interpersonal Communication - One minute presentation – Extempore - Formal Presentation on the
chosen topics - Greeting and Introducing - Offering Help.

Unit II: APPREHENSION AND ASSERTIVENESS (6 Hrs)

Group Discussion - Aggressiveness and assertiveness - perception in interpersonal communication- Making
Requests - Telephonic Conversation

Unit III: VERBAL AND NON VERBAL MESSAGES (6 Hrs)

Word Stress - Sentence Stress and Intonation- Body language-signs- gestures- postures- kinesics- paralinguistic
features (accent, pronunciation, volume, pause, and pitch).

Unit IV: POWER IN INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIP (6 Hrs)

Conflict in interpersonal relationships - Conflict Resolution - Relationship maintenance and repair-Asking and
Giving Permission-Giving Instructions and Directions

Unit V: SOCIALIZATION (6 Hrs)

Benefits of socialization- Effect of social media - Case studies (common /domestic /academic /work
situations).
60
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Total: 30 Hours

Reference Books

1. DeVito, Joseph, The Interpersonal Communication Book, 13th Edition, Published by Longman Pub
Group, Updated in its 13th edition, 2000.
2. Kathleen S. Verderber, Inter-Act: Interpersonal Communication Concepts, Skills and
Contexts, Rudolph F. Verderber, 2000.
3. Clifford Whitcomb, Effective Interpersonal and Task Communication Skills for Engineers, Atlantic
Publishers. 2010.

Web Resources

https://www.ted.com/talks
https://www.skillsyouneed.com/ips/communication-skills.html

PROGRAM BE-(Electrical and Electronics Engineering -Marine)

Course Name : L T P C
Course Code
Mathematical Foundation for Data
UEMTC04 2 0 0 2
Science and Artificial Intelligence
Year and II Year &IV Semester
Contact hours per week
Semester
( 2Hrs )
Prerequisite
NIL
course
61
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Humanities
Management Professional
and Social Professional Core
courses Elective
Sciences
Course
category Engineering
Basic Science Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course 1. To understand the role of Mathematics in Data science and AI
Objective 2. To impart the knowledge Probability and Statistics
3. To understand the concept of random variables and Markov process
Course After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
Outcome 1. Demonstrate the use of mathematics in Data science and AI
2. Solve problems on Probability and statistics .
3. Apply probability distributions in physical systems
4. Evaluate Markov process and its states
5. Illustrate Markov chain and Bayesian Networks
6. Apply the concept of mathematics in data science and AI process

POs / COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2
CO2 3 2 3 3 1 - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2
CO4 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2
CO5 3 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2
AVERAGE 2.8 2.5 2.8 2.5 1.7 - - - - - - 2
3. SUBSTANTIAL
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM)
(HIGH)

UNIT – I Introduction 4 hours

Introduction to Data Science and Artificial Intelligence - Role of Mathematics in Data Science;
Probability and Statistics - Role of Mathematics; hypothesis and Reasoning, Markov process and Markov
chain, Vector operations.
UNIT-II Probability and Statistics 7 hours
Probability, Dependence and Independence, conditional probability, Baye’s Theorem, Logical regression,
hypothesis and Reasoning - applications.
Unit - III Distributions 7 hours
Random variable, Continuous distribution, Central limit theorem- applications.
UNIT – IV Markov Process 6 hours

62
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Markov process, Classification of Markov process, States of a Markov process- applications.
UNIT – V Markov chain 6 hours
Markov chain, Bayesian Networks Hidden Markov Models- applications.
Total : 30hours
Text Books:

1. Marc Peter Deisenroth A. Aldo Faisal Cheng Soon Ong, Mathematics for Machine Learning,
2020.

2. Bendat, J.S and A.G Piersol, Random data: data Analysis and Measurements Procedures, 4th
Edition John Wiley & sons Inc., NY, USA., 2010.

3. IBE.O.C., Fundamentals of Applied Probability and Random Processes, Elsevier, 1st Indian
Reprint, 2007.

63
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Reference Books:

1. Yates. R.D. and Goodman. D.J., “Probability and Stochastic Processes”, 2nd Edition, Wiley India
Pvt. Ltd., Bangalore, 2012.
2. Cathy O’Neil and Rachel Schutt (2013). Doing Data Science, O’Reilly Media

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEMCC02 Thermodynamics 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester II Year & IV Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Engineering Physics 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

64
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Science
√
Course Objective 1. To learn about work and heat interactions, and balance of energy between system and its
surroundings.
2. To understand the difference between high grade and low-grade energies and II law
limitations on energy conversion.
Course Outcome After successful completion of the course, the students should be able to:

1. Illustrate thermodynamics laws and their applications.

2. Explain concept of entropy and availability
3. Evaluate the properties of steam and their uses of steam table and moulier chart
4. Apply thermodynamics relation to solve problems
5. Describe gas mixtures and psychometric chart
6. Apply the concepts of thermodynamics for engineering applications.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
CO2 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2 -
CO3 3 2 - 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO4 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 3 2 2 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 2 3 2 3
AVERAGE 2.50 2.50 2.25 2.60 2.50 - - - - - 2.25 2.00 2.50 2.00 2.33
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT -1 BASIC CONCEPTS, ZEROTH LAW AND FIRST LAW 9 Hrs

Basic concepts - concept of continuum, comparison of microscopic and macroscopic approach - Intensive and extensive,
total and specific quantities - path and point functions - system and their types - state, path and process - thermodynamic
equilibrium. - Quasi-static, reversible and irreversible processes. - heat and work transfer, definition and comparison,
sign convention. - Displacement work and other modes of work – p-v diagram - Simple calculations. Zeroth law of
thermodynamics – concept of temperature and thermal equilibrium. First law of thermodynamics – Internal energy,
enthalpy, control volume - application to closed and open systems – steady and unsteady flow processes - Simple
calculations

UNIT- 2 SECOND LAW AND AVAILABILITY ANALYSIS 9 Hrs

Limitations of First law - heat reservoir, source and sink. - Heat Engine, Refrigerator, Heat pump. - Statements of second
law and its equivalence - Reversibility and Irreversibility, Causes of irreversibility. Carnot cycle – reverse Carnot –
Carnot theorem. Clausius inequality - Concept of entropy, T-s diagram, T ds equation, principle of increase in entropy,
entropy change for ideal gases - Simple calculations. Applications of II Law. High and low-grade energy. Available and
non-available energy of a source and finite body.

UNIT – 3 PROPERTIES OF PURE SUBSTANCE AND STEAM POWER CYCLE 9 Hrs

Formation of steam and its thermodynamic properties – Flow diagram p-v, p-T, T-v, T-s, h-s diagrams. p-v-T surface of
water and other substance. Calculation of steam properties using Steam Table and Mollier Chart – Dryness fraction
determination - Simple calculations. Ideal and actual Rankine cycles, Cycle - Improvement Methods - Reheat and
Regenerative cycles – Simple calculations.

65
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT – 4 PROPERTIES OF GAS MIXTURES AND THERMODYNAMICS RELATIONS 9 Hrs

Mole and Mass fraction, Dalton‘s and Amagat‘s Law. Properties of gas mixture – Molar mass, gas constant, density,
change in internal energy, enthalpy, entropy and Gibbs function - Simple calculations.-Maxwell relations, Tds Equations,
Difference and ratio of heat capacities, Joule-Thomson Coefficient, Clausius Clapeyron equation, Phase Change
Processes- Simple Calculations

UNIT – 5 THERMODYANAMIC CYCLES 9 Hrs

Air standard assumptions - Otto cycle - Diesel cycle - Dual cycles (No derivation) - Brayton cycle - Stirling and Ericsson
cycles (No derivation) – Vapor compression cycle

TOTAL: 45 HOURS
Text Book:
1. Nag. P. K, “Engineering Thermodynamics”, Tata McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi, 5th Edition, 2013.
2. Moran, M. J. and Shapiro, H. N., Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, John Wiley and Sons. 1999

Reference text book:

1. Yunus. A Cengel and Michael A Boles, “Thermodynamics – An Engineering Approach, 8th Edition”, Tata
McGraw Hill- Education, New Delhi, 2015.
2. Rayner Joel, “Basic Engineering Thermodynamics”, Addison Wesley Longman Limited, First ISE reprint 2008.
3. Kenneth A. Kroos, and Merle C. Potter, “Thermodynamics for Engineers”, SI Edition, 1st Edition, Cengage
Learning India Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2015.
4. Sonntag, R. E, Borgnakke, C. and Van Wylen, G. J., Fundamentals of Thermodynamic 2003, 6th Edition, s, John
Wiley and Sons.
5. Jones, J. B. and Duggan, R. E., Engineering Thermodynamics, Prentice-Hall of India. 1996

Data Book / 1 R.S.Khurumi, Steam tables with Mollier Diagram in S.I. Units, S. Chand publication.,
Codes / 2010 edition
Standards 2 C.P.Kothandaraman, Steam tables with Mollier Diagram

Special 1 Steam table, Mollier Chart and Compressibility is allowed to use in the examination.
Instruction

PROGRAM Common to all the BE Programmes offered in AMET (ME, Mech, EEEM, PE, HE, NA
&OE, Mining) and B.Tech FPT; BBA Shipping, B.Com., LCA
Course Code: L T P C
UEMDC05 Universal Human Values - 2 0 0 3
Understanding Harmony

Year and II Year (IV semester) Contact hours per week

Semester ( 3Hrs )
Prerequisite NIL

66
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science

To Gain knowledge on:

Course  Development of a holistic perspective based on self- exploration about themselves
Objective (human being), family, society and nature/existence.
 Understanding (or developing clarity) of the harmony in the human being, family,
society and nature/existence
 Strengthening of self-reflection.
 Development of commitment and courage to act.
 Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional
Ethics
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
Course Outcome 7. Understand the perspective based on self- exploration .
8. Gain knowledge on harmony in the human being, family, society and
nature/existence
9. Learn the principles and practice of Strengthening of self-reflection
10. Understand the development of commitment and courage to act .
11. Gain knowledge on Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional Ethics

Unit 1: Course Introduction-Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value Education 9 hours
1. Self-Exploration–what is it? - Its content and process; ‘Natural Acceptance’ and Experiential Validation- as
the process for self-exploration.
2. Continuous Happiness and Prosperity- A look at basic Human Aspirations
3. Right understanding, Relationship and Physical Facility- the basic requirements for fulfilment of aspirations
of every human being with their correct priority.
4. Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly- A critical appraisal of the current scenario
5. Method to fulfil the above human aspirations: understanding and living in harmony at various levels.
Include practice sessions to discuss natural acceptance in human being as the innate acceptance for living with
responsibility (living in relationship, harmony and co-existence) rather than as arbitrariness in choice based on
liking-disliking.

Unit 2: Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself 9 hours

1.Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material ‘Body’.
2. Understanding the needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - happiness and physical facility.
3. Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being the doer, seer and enjoyer). 4. Understanding the
characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’.
5. Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Health; correct appraisal of Physical needs,
meaning of Prosperity in detail.
6. Programs to ensure Sanyam and Health.
Include practice sessions to discuss the role others have played in making material goods available tome.
67
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Identifying from one’s own life.
Differentiate between prosperity and accumulation. Discuss program for ensuring health vs dealing with
disease

Unit 3: Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- Harmony in Human-Human Relationship
9 hours

1.Understanding values in human-human relationship; meaning of Justice (nine universal values in

relationships) and program for its fulfilment to ensure mutual happiness; Trust and Respect as the foundational
values of relationship
2.Understanding the meaning of Trust; Difference between intention and competence 3.Understanding the
meaning of Respect, Difference between respect and differentiation; the other salient values in relationship
4.Understanding the harmony in the society (society being an extension of family): Resolution, Prosperity,
fearlessness (trust) and co-existence as comprehensive Human Goals
5. Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society- Undivided Society, Universal Order- from family to
world family.
Include practice sessions to reflect on relationships in family, hostel and institute as extended family, real life
examples, teacher-student relationship, goal of education etc. Gratitude as a universal value in relationships.
Discuss with scenarios. Elicit examples from students’ lives.

Unit 4: Understanding Harmony in the Nature and Existence - Whole existence as Coexistence
9 hours
1.Understanding the harmony in the Nature
2.Interconnectedness and mutual fulfilment among the four orders of nature- recyclability and self-regulation
in nature.
3. Understanding Existence as Co-existence of mutually interacting units in all-pervasive space.
4. Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence.
5. Include practice sessions to discuss human being as cause of imbalance in nature (film “Home” can be
used), pollution, depletion of resources and role of technology etc.
.
Unit 5: Implications of the above Holistic Understanding of Harmony on Professional Ethics 9 hours

1.Natural acceptance of human values

2.Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct
3. Basis for Humanistic Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic Universal Order
4. Competence in professional ethics:
a. Ability to utilize the professional competence for augmenting universal human order
b. Ability to identify the scope and characteristics of people friendly and eco-friendly production
systems,
c. Ability to identify and develop appropriate technologies and management patterns for above
production systems.
5. Case studies of typical holistic technologies, management models and production systems
6. Strategy for transition from the present state to Universal Human Order:
a) At the level of individual: as socially and ecologically responsible engineers, technologists and
managers
b) At the level of society: as mutually enriching institutions and organizations
68
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
7. Sum up.
Include practice Exercises and Case Studies will be taken up in Practice (tutorial) Sessions e.g. to discuss the
conduct as an engineer or scientist etc.
Total hours:45

Text Books

1.Human Values and Professional Ethics by R R Gaur, R Sangal, G P Bagaria, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2010

References

1. Jeevan Vidya: EkParichaya, A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amarkantak, 1999.

2.Human Values, A.N. Tripathi, New Age Intl. Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
3. The Story of Stuff (Book).
4. The Story of My Experiments with Truth - by Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi.
5. Small is Beautiful - E. F Schumacher.
6. Slow is Beautiful - Cecile Andrews
7. Economy of Permanence - J C Kumarappa
8. Bharat Mein Angreji Raj - PanditSunderlal
9.Rediscovering India - by Dharampal
10. Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule - by Mohandas K. Gandhi
11. India Wins Freedom - Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
12. Vivekananda - Romain Rolland (English)
13. Gandhi - Romain Rolland (English)

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE401 Linear and Digital IC Applications 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester II Year & IV Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Electron Devices and Circuits 2 Hrs
69
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To understand the basic principles, configurations and practical limitations of op-amp.
2. To analyze the characteristics of op-amp based circuits.
3. To understand the various applications of op-amp
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Illustrate the characteristics of fundamental circuits based operational amplifiers .
2. Explain the applications of operational amplifiers.
3. Develop various application data converters
4. Demonstrate Asynchronous Sequential circuits and Programmable Logic Devices.
5. Design synchronous sequential circuits using flip-flops.
6. Develop digital monitoring system for onboard ship.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2
CO6 2 3 2 3 2 - - - - - 3 3 2 3 2
AVERAGE 2.67 3.00 2.17 2.67 2.00 - - - - - 2.33 2.33 2.50 2.83 2.67
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

Unit I Fundamentals of Op-Amps 9hrs

Ideal and Practical Operational amplifier. Op-Amp characteristics – DC and AC. Features of IC741 Op-Amp,
Modes of operations – Inverting, Non-inverting, Differential. Applications - Instrumentation amplifier,
Integrator and Differentiator, Comparator, Schmitt trigger. Introduction to Voltage Regulators, Features of
IC723 general purpose regulator, Linear Voltage Regulators – IC78xx, 79xx, LM317.
Unit II Applications of Op-Amps 9hrs
Introduction to active filters, Characteristics of low pass and high pass filters, band pass, band reject and all
pass filters. Analysis of first order LPF & HPF, waveform generators – Triangular, saw tooth and square wave
generators. Introduction to IC 555 timer, functional block diagram, monostable and astable operations, PLL –
introduction, basic principle, phase detector/comparator, Voltage Controlled Oscillator (IC 566), Applications
of PLL.
Unit III Data Converters 9hrs
Introduction to DAC techniques, Different types of DACs – weighted resistor DAC, R-2R ladder DAC,
inverted R-2R DAC, Different types of ADCs – parallel comparator type ADC, counter type ADC, successive
approximation ADC and Dual slope ADC.
Unit IV Logic Families and Combinational Circuits 9hrs
Logic gates, Binary arithmetic circuits – Adders, Subtractors, BCD Adder-Subtractor, Carry look ahead adder,
Serial adder, Multiplier. Design of Code converters, Encoder and Decoder, Multiplexer and De-multiplexer,
Priority Encoders, Magnitude comparators, Parity Generators/Checkers.
70
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Unit V Sequential Logic Circuits and Memories 9hrs
Comparison of Combinational and Sequential circuits, Flip-flops – SR, JK, D, T. Counters – Modulus
counters, Design of synchronous and asynchronous counters, Ripple counters, Up/Down counter, Ring
counter, Johnson counter, Sequence generator. Shift registers. Memories – Types of ROMs, RAMs.

TOTAL: 45 Hours

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Ramakant A.Gayakward, Op-amps & Linear Integrated Circuits‘, 4thEdition, Pearson Education, 2015
2. David A. Bell, Op-amp & Linear ICs‘, Oxford Publications, 3rd Edition, 2013.
3. Morris Mano M. and Michael D. Ciletti, “Digital Design”, V Edition, Pearson Education, 2013.
4. Morris Mano M. “Digital Logic and Computer Design”, I Edition, Pearson Education, 2016.

REFERENCES:

1. Fiore, Op-amps & Linear Integrated Circuits Concepts & Applications, Cengage, 2010.
2. Floyd, Buchla, Fundamentals of Analog Circuits, Pearson, 2013.
3. Jacob Millman, Christos C.Halkias, ‘Integrated Electronics - Analog and Digital circuits system’, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2003
5. D.Roy Choudhary, Sheil B.Jani, Linear Integrated Circuits‘, 2nd Edition, New Age Publications, 2003.
6. Kharate G. K., “Digital Electronics”, Oxford University Press, 2012.
7. Charles H. Roth Jr, “Fundamentals of Logic Design”, Fifth Edition – Jaico Publishing House, Mumbai,
2013.

71
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM BE –Electrical and Electronics Engineering -Marine

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE402 Electrical Machines – II 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester II Year & IV Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Electrical Machines-I 3 Hrs

Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective

Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To provide knowledge on operation and performance of three phase induction
motor.
2. To understand the operation of three phase synchronous machine and its
characteristics.
3. To gain knowledge on special machines
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Illustrate the construction details and characteristic of three phase induction motor.
2. Determine the performance characteristic of synchronous generator.
3. Outline the functions of synchronous motors.
4. Infer knowledge of working principle and characteristics of single phase and special
electrical machines.
5. Analyze the performance of AC machines and working of AC starters.
6. Apply the knowledge of AC electrical machines in engineering applications.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 3 3 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 3.00 3.00 2.83 2.67 2.33 - - - - - 2.50 2.83 2.67 2.33 2.50
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: THREE PHASE INDUCTION MOTOR 9 Hrs

AC windings – Establishment of magnetic poles – Rotating magnetic field - Three phase induction motor –
Construction, types and operation – Torque equation – Mechanical characteristics effect of supply voltage
and rotor resistance on torque – Tests - derivation of exact equivalent circuit. Circle diagram – Starting
methods – braking - Cogging and crawling – Speed control methods and influence on speed - torque curve –
Double cage rotor – Induction generator – types – Induction machine dynamics – Synchronous induction

72
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Motor.

UNIT II: SYNCHRONOUS GENERATOR 9 Hrs

Types, construction and principle of operation - EMF equation- winding factor , effect of chording and
winding distribution – armature reaction – Voltage regulation by synchronous impedance, MMF and
Potier triangle methods - load characteristics – Parallel operation of synchronous generators, Synchronizing
to infinite bus – bars - power transfer equations, capability curve - two reaction model of salient pole
synchronous machines and power angle characteristics - determination of Xd & Xq by slip test - Short circuit
transients in synchronous machines.

UNIT III: SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR 9 Hrs

Principle of operation, methods of starting, power flow, power developed by Synchronous motor, phasor
diagrams – torque angle characteristics, effects of varying load and varying excitation, excitation and power
circles for synchronous machine – ‘V’ and inverted ‘V’ curves – hunting – Synchronous phase modifier –
Induction motor Vs Synchronous motor.

UNIT IV : SINGLE PHASE AND SPECIAL MACHINES 9 Hrs

Single phase induction motors – Rotating magnetic Vs alternating magnetic field - Double revolving field
theory – Torque - speed characteristics – types – Reluctance motor – Two phase Servo motor – Stepper
motors – Universal motor - linear induction motor - permanent magnet DC motor.

UNIT V : TESTING OF AC MACHINES, STARTER AND CONTROL CIRCUITS 9 Hrs

Noload and Blocked rotor test of Induction Motor, Types of starters – Stator resistance and reactance, rotor
resistance, autotransformer and star-delta starters – Speed control – Change of voltage, torque, number of poles and slip
– Cascaded connection – Slip power recovery scheme.
TOTAL: 45 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:
1.I.J. Nagrath and D.P. Kothari, Electric machines, T.M.H. publishing Co.Ltd., New Delhi, 4th Edition, 2010.
2 .P.S.Bimbhra, Electrical Machinery, Khaana Publishers, 2011.
3. B.L. Theraja, Electrical Technology Vol.II AC/DC Machines, S. Chand, 2008
4. V.K.Metha & Rohit Metha,‘Principle of Electrical Machines’, S.Chand Publishers, 2009.

REFERENCES:
1. Battacharya S K, Electrical Machines, Technical Teachers Training institute”, 2nd edition.2014.
2. J.B. Gupta, Theory and Performance of Electrical Machines, J.K. Kataria & Sons, 13th edition,2009.
3. P.C. Sen,Principles of Electric Machines and Power Electronics, Wiley Student Edition,2nd edition,2013.
4. M.N. Bandyopadhyay, Electrical Machines-Theory and Practice, PHI, 2007.
5. Fitzgerald A.E. Kingsly C., Umans S.D., Electrical Machinery, 7 th edition, McGraw Hill International
Edition, New York, 2014.

73
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE403 Transmission and Distribution 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester II Year & IV Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Electric Circuit Analysis 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To acquire knowledge in the economics associated with power generation
2. To provide knowledge in the recent trends in power Generation, Transmission and
Switch gear Systems.
3. To learn the substation design.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Explain the structure of power systems.
2. Demonstrate the modeling of transmission line parameters.
3. Illustrate the concepts of transmission line networks.
4. Explain the types of insulator and cables.
5. Solve Mechanical parameters of transmission line for assessing the performance.
6. Apply the concepts of transmission line in power systems
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Cos
CO1 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
CO2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 3
CO4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 2
CO5 2 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 3
CO6 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.50 2.50 2.00 2.00 2.50 - - - - - 2.40 2.33 2.67 2.40 2.60
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Structure of electric power systems-one Line Diagram-generation, transmission and distribution Systems
comparison of distribution systems–radial and ring –two wire dc, ac single phase and three phase systems–
current and voltage calculations in distributors with concentrated and Distributed loads – Kelvin’s law for the
design of feeders and its limitations.

UNIT II: TRANSMISSION LINE PARAMETERS 9 Hrs

74
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Resistance, inductance and capacitance of single and three phase transmission lines-symmetrical and
unsymmetrical spacing–transposition-single and double circuits-stranded and bundled conductors-application
of self and mutual GMD–Skin and Proximity effect-inductive interference-Corona-characteristics.

UNIT III: PERFORMANCE OF TRANSMISSION LINES 9 Hrs

Development of equivalent circuits for short, medium and long lines–efficiency and regulation-Attenuation
constant and phase constant- surge impedance loading –power circle diagrams for sending and receiving ends
transmission capacity, steady state stability limit–voltage control of lines -shunt and series compensation.

UNIT IV: INSULATORS AND CABLES 9 Hrs

Insulators–types and comparison–voltage distribution in string insulator–string efficiency–Methods of

improving string efficiency–Stress and sag calculations–effect of wind and ice– supports at different levels–
stinging chart cables– types–capacitance of cables–insulation resistance - dielectric stress and grading-
dielectric loss- thermal characteristics- capacitance of three core cables.

UNIT V: RECENT TRENDS IN TRANSMISSION 9 Hrs

Design of rural distribution, planning and design of town electrification schemes–comparison of EHVAC &
HVDC system–economic distance for HVDC–terminal equipment for HVDC systems–description of DC
transmission system–planning-advantages-interconnection of HVDC & AC systems–Introduction to FACTS
technology.

Total Hours: 45 Hrs

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Metha. V. K, and Rohit Metha, “Principles of Power System”, S. Chand, 2005.

2. C. L. Wadhwa, Electrical Power Systems, 5th edition, New Age International (P) Limited, New Delhi, 2006
3. S.N. Singh, 'Electric Power Generation, Transmission and Distribution', Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, New
Delhi, 2008

REFERENCES:

1. Hadi Saadat, 'Power System Analysis,' Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, 2007.
2. Central Electricity Authority (CEA), 'Guidelines for Transmission System Planning', New Delhi.
3. 'Tamil Nadu Electricity Board Handbook', 2003
4. Chakrabarti. A, Soni MI, Gupta PV, Text book on power system engineering, Dhanpat Rai & Co,2008.
5. S.L. Uppal, Electrical Power, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2002.

75
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM Common to all the BE Programmes offered in AMET (ME, Mech, EEEM, PE, HE, NA
&OE, Mining) and B.Tech FPT; BBA Shipping, B.Com., LCA
Course Code: Course Name: L T P C
UEMDC05 Essence Of Indian Knowledge 2 0 0 0
Tradition

Year and II Year (IV semester) Contact hours per week

Semester ( 2Hrs )
Prerequisite NIL
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science

 To gain knowledge on introduction to Indian Knowledge Systems

Course  To impart basic principles of thought process, reasoning and inferencing.
Objective  Sustainability is at the core of Indian Traditional knowledge Systems connecting
society and nature.
 To provide knowledge on Holistic life style of yogic science and wisdom capsules
in Sanskrit literature in modern society with rapid technological advancements and
societal disruptions.
 To focus on Indian philosophical traditions, Indian linguistic Tradition, and Indian
artistic tradition
After completion of the course, the students will be able to
Course Outcome 12. Understand, connect up and explain basics of Indian Knowledge Systems.
13. Gain knowledge on the Indian perspective of modern scientific world-view.
14. Learn the principles and practice of Yoga and holistic health care system practiced
in India.
15. Understand the different philosophical traditions existed/exists in India.
16. Gain knowledge on linguistic and artistic traditions of India.

Unit 1: Indian Knowledge Systems and Traditional Knowledge 6 hours

Diverse nature of Traditional Knowledge System, Astronomy in India, Chemistry in India, Mathematics in
India, Metallurgy in India, Plant and Animal Science in Ancient India, Indian Traditional Knowledge on
Environmental Conservation; The historical evolution of medical tradition in ancient India

Unit 2: Indian perspective of modern scientific world-view 6 hours

76
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
The diverse cultural contexts of scientific discovery and invention in ancient and medieval Indian history;
Conventional Euro-centric view of science and its origins; interdisciplinary and comprehensive exploration of
the scientific heritage of India

Unit 3: Basic principles of Yoga and holistic health care system 6 hours

Ayurveda for Life, Health and Well-being, science and the practice of yoga therapy, scientific evidence base
for yoga; Case studies for Yoga and holistic health care system.
Unit 4: Indian philosophical traditions 6 hours

Astika systems: Sankhya, Yoga, Vedanta, Mimamsa, Nyaya, and Vaisheshika; Nastika: Jainism, Buddhism,
and Lokayata; Indian Political Philosophy-Arthashastra; Thirukkural; Mahatma Gandhi-ahimsa (non-violence)
and satyagraha.

Unit 5: Indian linguistic and artistic traditions 6 hours

Concept of Language, Philosophy of Language, Formal aspect of language; Phonology, morphology, syntax
and semantics in ancient India; Aryan and Dravidian languages; Indian artistic traditions: Tanjore, Mysore,
Bihar, Madhubani, Rajput, Pattachitra Paintings, Phad, Warli, Gond, Cheriyal Scrolls, Kalighat Paintings.

Total hours:30

Text Books

1. V. Sivaramakrishnan (Ed.), Cultural Heritage of India-course material, BharatiyaVidyaBhavan,

Mumbai. 5th Edition, 2014.
2. Amit Jha. 2002. Traditional Knowledge System in India. Atlantic Publishers.

References

1. Kapil Kapoor and Michel Danino, 2012. Knowledge traditions and practices of India, CBSE
Publication.
2. RN Jha, Science of Consciousness Psychotherapy and Yoga Practices, VidyanidhiPrakashan, Delhi
2016.
3. Krishna Chaitanya, Arts of India, Abhinav Publications, 1987.

77
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE4PA Integrated Circuits Laboratory 0 0 2 1
Year and Semester II Year & IV Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Electron Devices and Circuits 2 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective This laboratory course enables students to get practical experience in
1. Design, assembly, testing of Op-amp.
2. Knowledge about Digital IC’s and applications.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Illustrate the Boolean Functions, Adder / Subtracter, Intergrator and Differentiator
using IC 741.
2. Develop a clock signal using NE555 IC.
3. Infer the knowledge of Characteristics of wave shaping circuits such as clipper,
clamper, peakdetector using op-Amp.
4. Demonstrate the Characteristics of SR, JR, D and T flipflop, multiplexer and
demultiplexer.
5. Design and testing of Encoders , Decoders, 2-bit synchronous up/down counter using
suitable ICs.
6. Design Monostable and Astable Multivibrator using NE 555 IC.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 - 2 - - - - 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO2 2 3 2 3 - - - - 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 2 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO4 2 2 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 2 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO6 2 3 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.17 2.50 2.40 2.60 2.25 - - - 2.17 2.00 2.67 2.67 3.00 3.00 3.00
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Characteristics of Operational Amplifier.
2. Characteristics of Adder and Subtractor using IC 741.
3. Characteristics of Intergrator and Differentiator using IC 741.
78
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
4. Characteristics of wave shaping circuits such as clipper, clamper, peakdetector using op-Amp.
5. Generation of clock signal using NE555 IC.
6. Characteristics of SR, JR, D and T flipflop.
7. Design and testing of Encoders and Decoders.
8. Design and implementation of 2-bit synchronous up/down counter
9. Design and testing of multiplexer and demultiplexer.
10.Design and testing of Monostable and Astable Multivibrator using NE 555 IC.
Total: 30 Hours

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering – Marine0

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE4PB Electrical Machines –II 0 0 2 1

79
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Laboratory
Year and Semester II Year & IV Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Nil 2 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To acquire knowledge on the operation and performance of synchronous machines.
2. To understand the performance characteristics of induction machines.
3. To study the different types starters in AC Machines.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:

1. Illustrate the performance and characteristic of single phase and three phase induction
motor.
2. Demonstrate the speed control of induction motors.
3. Compute the voltage regulation of 3-phase Alternator by EMF and MMF methods.
4. Illustrate the operation of AC starters.
5. Infer the performance and characteristics of Synchronous machines.
6. Apply the knowledge of electrical machines in engineering applications.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 3 2 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.83 2.83 3.00 2.83 2.50 - - - 2.50 2.50 2.83 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
List of Experiments:
1. Load test on 3-phase squirrel cage Induction Motor
2. Load test on 3-phase slip ring Induction Motor
3. Predetermine the performance of 3phase induction motor using Circle diagram
4. Load test on 1 phase Induction Motor
5. Speed control of 3 phase Induction Motor
6. Study of Starters in Induction Motor
7. Load test on 3-phase Alternator
8. Pre-determination of voltage regulation of 3-phase Alternator by EMF and MMF methods
9. Synchronization of 3-phase Alternator
10.V and inverted V curves of synchronous motor
Total: 30 Hours

PROGRAM Common to BE/B.Sc/ B.Com/BBA

80
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
(ME/NS/NA/PE//EEE/MECH/MINING/FPT/B.Com/BBA)
Course Code Course Name : L T P C
UELECPD Professional Communication
0 0 2 1
Year and Semester II Year ( IV Semester ) Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Basic Language Skills (2 Hrs)
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. Enhance the Employability and Career Skills of students

2. Enlighten the students towards effective skills for career development
3. Prepare themselves for interviews and develop their confidence
4. Deliver short speeches in front of an audience
5. Prepare effective and impressive CV and Cover Letters

Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Identify the importance of technical English
2. Apply English grammar and enhancing vocabulary
3. knowledge
Build Develop skills in reading
on writing letters and descriptive writings
4. Build knowledge on writing letters and descriptive writings
5. Develop speaking and listening skills
6. Apply the correct pause and pronunciation
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 3 - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - 3 2 2 3 3 - - - - -
CO3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 - - -
CO4 - - - - - 3 2 3 3 3 - 3 - - -
CO5 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 - - -
CO6 - - - - - 2 3 3 3 3 - 3 - - -
AVERAGE - - - - - 2.67 2.50 2.67 3.00 3.00 - 3.00 - - -
CORRELATION LEVELS 4. SLIGHT (LOW) 5. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 6. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I
(6 Hrs)
Introduction to Professional communication – importance of Soft Skills – Hard skills – employability and career
Skills – Grooming as a professional with values - Time Management.

UNIT II
(6 Hrs)
Presentation Skills – Self-Introduction – Individual presentation on current affairs - technical presentations – role
play.

UNIT III
81
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
(6 Hrs)
Planning a Resume’- writing a resume- writing application letters - understanding the interview process -
common types of interview- Preparing for a job interview - mock Interviews.
UNIT IV (6 Hrs)
Group Discussion - Aggressiveness and assertiveness - perception in professional communication

UNIT V (6 Hrs)

Planning for the interview - types of interviews (one to one interview, panel interview telephonic and Skype
interview) - interview etiquettes - dress code for interview – frequently asked questions (FAQ).

Total: 30 Hours

Text Books:

1. How to Write a CV That Really Works: A Concise, Clear and Comprehensive Guide to Writing an
Effective CV, Paul McGee Hachette UK, 2014
2. Essentials of Business Communication, Mary Ellen Guffey, Dana Loewy, Cengage Learning, 2012
3. Interview Skills that win the job: Simple techniques for answering all the tough questions, Michael
Spiropoulos, Allen & Unwin, 2005
4. Effective Interviewing and Interrogation Techniques, William L. Fleisher, Nathan J. Gordon,
Academic Press, 2010

References:
1. http://www.utsa.edu/careercenter/PDFs/Interviewing/Types%20of%20Interviews.pdf
2. http://www.amu.apus.edu/career-services/interviewing/types.htm
3. http://www.careerthinker.com/interviewing/types-of-interview/

82
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEMDC06 Professional Ethics And Human
Values 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester III Year & V Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To understand the concepts of ethics and moral.

2. To learn about the moral dilemmas and framework for solving them.
3. To impart knowledge on moral issues.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Outline the importance of Ethics and Moral principles.
2. Understand the ethical problems and analyze them.
3. Enumerate the skills to confront moral issues and dilemmas.
4. Infer the major ethical theories.
5. Demonstrate the ethical theories for resolving moral issues.
6. Apply the skills to professional ethics in the field of engineering.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 - - - - - 2 - 3 - - - 2 - - -
CO2 - - - - - 3 2 3 - 2 - 3 - - -
CO3 - - - - - 2 - 3 - 2 - 2 - - -
CO4 - - - - - 3 2 3 2 - - 2 - - -
CO5 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 2 - 3 - - -
CO6 - - - - - 3 2 3 2 3 - 3 - - -
AVERAGE - - - - - 2.50 2.00 3.00 2.00 2.25 - 2.50 - - -
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 9 Hrs

Profession – Morals – Ethics and Moral – Professional Ethics – Ethics and Science. Types of Ethics –
Normative Ethics, Meta-Ethics and Applied Ethics.

UNIT II: ETHICAL PROBLEMS AND ANALYSIS 9 Hrs

Ethical problems and analysis – Engineering Ethics – Micro-Ethics, Macro- Ethics. Ethical analysis –
Normative Inquiry, Conceptual Inquiry and Factual Inquiry – Case Study.

UNIT III: MORAL ISSUES AND DILEMMAS 9 Hrs

83
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Moral Dilemmas – definition – examples of moral dilemmas – methodology for resolving moral dilemmas.
Kohlberg’s theory of moral development – Heinz’s dilemma – Gilligan’s theory – Case study.

UNIT IV: MAJOR ETHICAL THEORIES 9 Hrs

Consensus and Controversy – Authority and Autonomy – Multiple Motives – Safety in Engineering. Ethical
Theories – Virtue Ethics: Aristotle and MacIntyre, Utilitarian Ethics: Act Utilitarian and Rule Utilitarian, Duty
Ethics and Rights Ethics - Case Study.

UNIT V: MORAL ISSUES 9 Hrs

Utilitarian Ethics: Act Utilitarian and Rule Utilitarian, Duty Ethics and Rights Ethics - Case Study-
Engineering as Social Experimentation.
Total: 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, Ethics in Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Charles B. Fleddermann, Engineering Ethics, Pearson Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2004.
2. Charles E. Harris, Michael S. Pritchard and Michael J. Rabins, Engineering Ethics – Concepts and
Cases, Thompson Wadsworth, A Division of Thomson Learning Inc., United States, 2000.

84
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEITC02 DATA SCIENCE 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester III YEAR (SEMESTER V) Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Python programming and 3 Hrs
Probability
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science

√
Course Objective 1. To impart necessary knowledge of the mathematical foundation needed for data
science.
2. To develop programming skills required to build data science applications.
3. To Practice problem analysis and decision-making.
4. To use data mining software to solve real-world problems.
5. To apply principles of data science to analysis problem.
6. To learn machine learning case studies.
Course Outcome After successful completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate understanding of the mathematical foundations needed for data science.
2. Collect, explore, clean, manage and manipulate data.
3. Implement algorithm such as k-nearest Neighbors, Naive Bayes.
4. Build data science applications using Python based toolkits.
5. Understand the complexity of machine learning concepts and limitation
6. Apply machine learning to solve real-time problem.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO2 2 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
CO3 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - - -
CO4 2 1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
CO5 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - - - - -
CO6 2 1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -
AVERAGE 2.33 1.83 2.17 2.33 2.33 - - - - - - - - - -
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
TOTAL: 45 UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE 9 Hours
Concept of Data science, History - Application areas - Traits of Big data - web scarping - Analysis vs
reporting.

85
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT II PROGRAMMING TOOLS FOR DATA SCIENCE 9 Hours
Matplotlib, Bar Charts - Line Charts – Scatterplots - Working with Data: Exploring Data, Cleaning and Munging,
Manipulating Data, Rescaling - Dimensionality Reduction

UNIT III MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATION 9 Hours

Linear Algebra: Vectors, matrices, Statistics: Describe single set of data, Correlation, Bayes’s Theorem, Random
Variables, Continuous Distributions, and Normal Distribution.

UNIT IV MACHINE LEARNING BASICS 9 Hours

Overview of machine learning concepts - Over fitting and Under fitting – Correctness - The Bias-Variance Trade-off -
Feature Extraction and Selection - Decision trees - linear regression - Naive Bayes.

UNIT V DATA SCIENCE APPLICATIONS 9 Hours

Weather forecasting - Stock market prediction - Object recognition - Real Time Sentiment Analysis – case study
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:

1. Joel Grus, “Data Science from Scratch: First Principles with Python”, O’Reilly Media, 2015.

REFERENCES:

1. Aurélien Géron, "Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn and Tensor Flow: Concepts,
Tools, and Techniques to Build Intelligent Systems", 1st Edition, O'Reilly Media, 2017.
2. Jain V.K., “Data Sciences”, Khanna Publishing House, 1st Edition, 2018.
3. Jiawei Han and Jian Pei, "Data Mining Concepts and Techniques", Third Edition, Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers, 2011.

PROGRAM BE –Electrical and Electronics Engineering -Marine

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE501 Processor and Controllers for
onboard ships
3 0 0 3
86
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Year and Semester III Year & V Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To learn the architecture of microprocessors and microcontrollers.

2. To develop the programming skills.
3. To provide knowledge about processors.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate the architecture of 8051 microcontroller.
2. Outline the assembly language of 8051
3. Build circuits with 8051 controller
4. Illustrate the overview TMS320C5X processor.
5. Apply the programming knowledge of microcontrollers and processors in
engineering applications.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2 - -
CO2 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 2 2 2 -
CO4 2 3 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 3 2 - 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 3 2 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 3 2 3 2 2
AVERAGE 2.67 2.67 2.83 2.60 2.50 - - - - - 2.33 2.50 2.50 2.00 2.25
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT-I MICROPROCESSORS AND MICROCONTROLLER 9 hrs
Introduction, Microprocessors and Microcontrollers, A Microprocessors survey. RISC & CISC CPU
Architectures, Harvard & Von-Neumann CPU architecture. 8051 Architecture, Hardware, Input / Output
Pins, Ports and Circuits. Memory organization, Counter and Timers, Serial Data Input /Output, Interrupts.

UNIT-II ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE OF 8051 9 hrs

Addressing modes, Instruction set. Programming; Byte level logical Operations, Bit level Logical Operations,
Rotate and Swap Operations, Arithmetic Operations: Flags, Incrementing and Decrementing, Addition,
Subtraction, Multiplication and Division, Decimal Arithmetic. Programming examples in C.

UNIT-III INTERFACING WITH 8051 9 hrs

Interfacing with keyboards, LEDs, 7 segment LEDs, LCDs, Interfacing with ADCs. Interfacing with DACs,
External memory and I/O Interfacing, Interfacing and programming of DS12887 RTC.

UNIT-IV TMS320C5X PROCESSOR 9 hrs

Architecture – Assembly language syntax - Addressing modes – Assembly language Instructions - Pipeline
structure, Operation – Block Diagram of DSP starter kit – Application Programs for processing real time
signals.

87
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT-V TMS320C6X PROCESSOR 9 hrs
Architecture of the C6x Processor - Instruction Set - DSP Development System: Introduction– DSP Starter
Kit Support Tools- Code Composer Studio - Support Files - Programming Examples to Test the DSK Tools –
Application Programs for processing real time signals.
TOTAL: 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS:

1. 1. The 8088 and 8086 Microprocessors, Walter A Triebel, Awtar Singh, Pearson Education, Fourth
Edition.
2. Mohammed Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillispie Mazidi, The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded
Systems, Pearson Education Asia, New Delhi, 2003.
3. Avtar Singh and S. Srinivasan, Digital Signal Processing – Implementations using DSP
Microprocessors with Examples from TMS320C54xx, cengage Learning India Private Limited, Delhi
2012.
REFERENCES:

1. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillespie Mazidi and Rollin D. McKinlay; “The 8051
Microcontroller and Embedded Systems – using assembly and C ”- PHI, 2006 / Pearson, 2006.
2. B.Venkataramani and M.Bhaskar, “Digital Signal Processors – Architecture, Programming and
Applications” – Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company Limited. NewDelhi, 2003.
3. Andrew N.Sloss, Dominic Symes and Chris Wright “ ARM System Developer’s Guide :
Designing and Optimizing System Software” , First edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2004.
4. John .B.Peatman , “Design with PIC Microcontroller”, Pearson Education, 2003.
5. John Uffenbeck, The 80x86 Family, Design, Programming and Interfacing, Third Edition. Pearson
Education, 2002.

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE502 Control Systems 3 1 0 4
Year and Semester III Year & V Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Mathematics, Electric Circuit 4 Hrs
Analysis & Electrical Machines
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
88
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To understand the different types of control systems.

2. To provide adequate knowledge in time and frequency domains.
3. To develop controller-based models.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate the basics of control system.
2. Illustrate the time response of various systems and tuning techniques of controllers.
3. Explain the frequency response and stability analysis of a system.
4. Analyze the controllability and observability of a system.
5. Design Lag, Lead and Lag-lead Compensators and control system using MATLAB.
6. Apply the knowledge of control system in engineering fields.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 1 2 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 3 3 3 - - - - - 1 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 1 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 3 3 3 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
AVERAGE 3.00 2.83 2.83 3.00 2.67 2.00 - - - - 1.50 2.17 3.00 2.83 2.83
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT I : BASICS OF CONTROL SYSTEMS 12 Hrs
Basic elements in control systems – Open and closed loop systems – Electrical analogy of mechanical and
thermal systems – Transfer function – Synchros – AC and DC servomotors – Block diagram reduction
techniques – Signal flow graphs.

UNIT II : TIME DOMAIN ANALYSIS 12 Hrs

Time response – Time domain specifications – Types of test input –I and II order system response –Error
coefficients – Generalized error series – Steady state error –Root locus construction- Effects of P, PI, PID
modes of feedback control –Time response analysis.

UNIT III : FREQUENCY DOMAIN ANALYSIS 12 Hrs

Frequency response – Bode plot – Polar plot – Determination of closed loop response from open loop response
- Correlation between frequency domain and time domain specifications-Routh Hurwitz criterion –Nyquist
stability criterion.

UNIT IV : STATE VARIABLE ANALYSIS 12 Hrs

Concept of state variables –State variable formulation – Non uniqueness – State transition matrix – Eigen
values – Eigen Vectors – Stability - Concepts of controllability and observability.

UNIT V : DESIGN OF CONTROL SYSTEMS USING MATLAB 12 Hrs

Design Specification – open & closed looop Controller Configuration – P, PI, PID Controllers – Compensation
89
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
schemes – Effect of Providing Lag, Lead and Lag - Lead compensation on system performance & design.
Simulation of various control applications using Matlab.

TOTAL :60 Hours

TEXT BOOKS:

1. M. Gopal, Control Systems Principles and Design, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd,
2016.
2. I.J. Nagrath & M. Gopal, Control Systems Engineering‘, New Age International Publishers, 2013.
3. S. K. Bhattacharya, Control System Engineering, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2013.
REFERENCES:

1. Richard C. Dorf and Robert H. Bishop, Modern control systems, Pearson Education, Third impression,
2009.
2. Benjamin C.Kuo, Automatic Control systems, PHI Learning Private Ltd, 2010.
3. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering‘, 5th edition, PHI Learning Private Ltd, 2011.
4. S. Palani, Anoop. K. Jairath, Automatic Control Systems including Mat Lab, Vijay Nicole/ Mcgraw
Hill Education, 2013

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE5PA Processor and Controllers Laboratory 0 0 2 1
Year and Semester III Year & V Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL 2 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Social Management courses Professional Professional
Sciences Core Elective
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. To perform basic signal processing operations such as Linear Convolution, Circular
Convolution, Auto Correlation, Cross Correlation and Frequency analysis in

90
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
MATLAB
2. To study the architecture of DSP processor
3. To implement FIR and IIR filters in MATLAB and DSP Processor
4. To provide training on programming of microprocessors and microcontrollers and
understand the interface requirements.
5. Simple applications development with programming 8051
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Develop basic signal processing operations
2. Demonstrate their abilities towards MATLAB based implementation of various
DSP systems
3. Design and Implement the FIR and IIR Filters in DSP Processor for performing
filtering operation over real-time signals
4. Apply the knowledge of A/D and D/A.
5. Construct DC and AC motor interfacing.
6. Develop programming logics for code conversion.

POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - - 2 2 2 - -
CO2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 2 3 2 -
CO4 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2 - 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 3 3 3 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 2
AVERAGE 2.67 2.67 3.00 2.60 2.75 - - - - - 2.33 2.67 2.67 2.25 2.25
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
List of Experiments

1. Generation of Discrete time signals and correlation of sequences.

2. Implementation of Low Pass and High pass of FIR & IIR filter for a given sequence

3. Determination of Power Spectrum of a given signal.

4. MAC operation using various addressing modes

5. Generation of Waveform using TMS320C5505 DSP kit

6. 8051 Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division

7. Sorting of a sequence in order

8. ADC interfacing and DAC interfacing

91
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
9. Keyboard interfacing with 8051

10. Stepper motor interfacing with 8051

TOTAL: 30 Hours

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE5PB Control Systems Laboratory 0 0 2 1
Year and Semester III Year & V Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Engineering Mathematics 2 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. To understand the speed control methods

2 To implement the digital simulation of firstorder and second order system
3 To design P,PI and PID controllers.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Apply the concept of transfer function to determine servomotor transfer function
parameters
92
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
2. Interpret analog and digital simulation
3. Develop position control system
4. Analyze P,PI and PID controllers.
5. Interpret transfer function parameters of DC generators
6. Select suitable control systems method
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 3 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 2 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 3 2 3 3 3 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 2 3 3 2
AVERAGE 2.67 2.67 2.40 2.75 3.00 - - - 2.33 2.67 2.67 2.50 2.67 2.33 2.17
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
List of Experiments :
1. Determination of transfer function parameters of Armature controlled DC servo motor.
2. Determination of transfer function parameters of Field controlled DC servo motor.
3. Determination of transfer function parameters of an AC servomotor.
4. Analog simulation of type-0 and type-1 systems
5. Digital simulation of first order systems
6. Digital simulation of second order systems.
7. Stability analysis of linear systems.
8. DC and AC position control systems.
9. Design of P, PI and PID controllers.
10. Study of synchros
11. Determination of transfer function parameters of DC generators.
12. Design and implementation of compensators.
TOTAL: 30 Hours

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE601 Power Electronics 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester III Year & VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Nil 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. To get an overview of different types of power semiconductor devices and their
characteristics.
2. To understand the operation, and performance of controlled rectifiers and choppers,
inverters and AC to AC Converters.
3. To simulate the power converters with different control techniques.
93
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Compare characteristics of switching devices.
2. Demonstrate the performance of phase controlled converters.
3. Illustrate the different types of DC-DC converter.
4. Explain the operation of voltage source and current source inverters.
5. Develop Power converter for DC and AC drives with different control
techniques using simulation software.
6. Apply the concept of power Electronics devices for engineering applications .
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 1 2 3
CO2 2 2 - 2 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3 2
CO3 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 - - - 3 3 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 3 3 3 3
CO5 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 2 2
CO6 3 2 3 3 3 - 3 - - - 3 3 2 3 3
AVERAGE 2.33 2.00 2.20 2.50 2.50 3.00 2.67 - - - 2.67 3.00 2.33 2.50 2.50
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES 9 Hrs

Study of switching devices, Diode, SCR, TRIAC, BJT, MOSFET, IGBT-Static and Dynamic
characteristics - Design of Driver and snubber circuit.

UNIT II: PHASE CONTROLLED CONVERTERS 9 Hrs

2-pulse, 3-pulse and 6-pulse converters – performance parameters – Effect of source inductance –
Dual converters.

UNIT III: DC TO DC CONVERTER 9 Hrs

Step-down and step-up chopper - control strategy, Switched mode regulators - Buck, boost, buck-
boost, cuk, sepic converter.

UNIT IV: INVERTERS AND AC TO AC CONVERTERS 9 Hrs

Single phase and three phase voltage source inverters (both120 mode and 180 mode) – voltage and
harmonic control - PWM techniques: Sinusoidal PWM, modified sinusoidal PWM - multiple PWM –
Current source inverter. Single phase and Three phase AC voltage controllers – Control strategy -
Power Factor Control –- Introduction to cycloconverters.

UNIT V: INDUSTRIAL ORIENTED POWER ELECTRONICS SIMULATION 9 Hrs

Simulation of Power converter-based DC and AC Drives with different control techniques, DC circuit
breaker, case study of any one HVDC application.
TOTAL: 45 Hours.
TEXT BOOKS:

1. P.S.Bimbra “Power Electronics” Khanna Publishers, 2012.

2. L. Umanand, “ Power Electronics Essentials and Applications”, Wiley, 2010.
94
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
3. Alok Jain “Power Electronics: Devices, Circuits And MATLAB Simulations”, Penram International
Publishing(India) Pvt. Ltd. 2010

REFERENCES:

1. M.H.Rashid, ‘Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications’, Pearson Education, PHI
Third Edition, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Ned Mohan, Tore. M. Undel & William.P. Robbins, ‘Power Electronics: Converters, Applications
and Design’, John Wiley and sons, 2010.
3. Daniel.W.Hart, “Power Electronics”, Indian Edition, Mc Graw Hill, 3rd Print, 2013.
4. M.D. Singh and K.B. Khanchandani, “Power Electronics,” Mc Graw Hill India, 2013.

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE602 Power System Analysis 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester III Year & VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To apply numerical methods to solve the power flow problem.
2. To analyze the system under steady state operating condition and under
faulted conditions.
3. To model the power system under normal and fault conditions.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Illustrate single line diagram and per unit values of the power system.
2. Implement the load flow analysis in power system.
3. Explain the symmetrical fault analysis of power system.
4. Demonstrate unsymmetrical fault analysis of power system.
5. Analyze the transient stability of a single machine/infinite bus system using EMTP
software.
6. Apply the concept of power system analysis for engineering applications.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 2 - 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 3 - 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 -

95
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
CO3 2 3 2 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.50 2.67 2.67 2.75 2.50 - - - - - 2.00 2.20 2.33 2.50 2.40
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs
Need for system planning and operational studies – basic components of a power system. -
Introduction to restructuring - Single line diagram – per phase and per unit analysis – Generator -
transformer – transmission line and load representation for different power system studies. - Primitive
network - construction of Y-bus using inspection and singular transformation methods – Z-bus.

UNIT II: POWER FLOW ANALYSIS 9 Hrs

Importance of power flow analysis in planning and operation of power systems - statement of power
flow problem - classification of buses - development of power flow model in complex variables form -
iterative solution using Gauss-Seidel method - Q-limit check for voltage-controlled buses – power
flow model in polar form - iterative solution using Newton-Raphson method.

UNIT III: FAULT ANALYSIS – BALANCED AND UNBALANCED FAULTS 9 Hrs

Importance of short circuit analysis - assumptions in fault analysis - analysis using Thevenin’s
theorem - Z-bus building algorithm - fault analysis using Z-bus – computations of short circuit
capacity, post fault voltage and currents.
Introduction to symmetrical components – sequence impedances – sequence circuits of synchronous
machine, transformer and transmission lines - sequence networks analysis of single line to ground, line
to line and double line to ground faults using Thevenin’s theorem and Z-bus matrix.

UNIT IV: STABILITY ANALYSIS 9 Hrs

Importance of stability analysis in power system planning and operation - classification of power
system stability - angle and voltage stability – Single Machine Infinite Bus (SMIB) system:
Development of swing equation - equal area criterion - determination of critical clearing angle and
time – solution of swing equation by modified Euler method and Runge-Kutta fourth order method.

UNIT V: CASE STUDY USING EMTP 9 Hrs

Introduction to EMTP software – Investigation of single line to ground fault – Investigation of double
line to ground fault – Investigation of line-to-line fault.
TOTAL: 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Nagrath I.J. and Kothari D.P., ‘Modern Power System Analysis’, Tata McGraw-Hill, Fourth
Edition, 2011.
2. John J. Grainger and W.D. Stevenson Jr., ‘Power System Analysis’, Tata McGraw-Hill, Sixth
reprint, 2010.
3. P. Venkatesh, B.V. Manikandan, S. Charles Raja, A. Srinivasan, ‘Electrical Power Systems-
Analysis, Security and Deregulation’, PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2012.
96
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
4. Eiichi Haginomori, Tadashi Koshiduka, Junichi Arai, Hisatoshi Ikeda, ‘Power System
Transient Analysis: Theory & Practice using simulation Programs (ATP-EMTP)’, John Wiley
& sons Ltd., United Kingdom, 2016.

REFERENCES:

1. Hadi Saadat, ‘Power System Analysis’, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
21st reprint, 2010.
2. Kundur P., ‘Power System Stability and Control, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 10th reprint, 2010.
3. Pai M A, ‘Computer Techniques in Power System Analysis’, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., New Delhi, Second Edition, 2007.
4. J. Duncan Glover, Mulukutla S. Sarma, Thomas J. Overbye, ‘ Power System Analysis &
Design’, Cengage Learning, Fifth Edition, 2012.
5. Olle. I. Elgerd, ‘Electric Energy Systems Theory – An Introduction’, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, Second Edition, 2012.
6. C.A.Gross, “Power System Analysis,” Wiley India, 2011.

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE603 Marine Electrical Technology 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester III Year & VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To understand the on-board ship electrical layout.

2. To expose the concepts of Generators on-board and their Protection.
3. To learn about the marine cables, hazardous area and equipments.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Illustrate the procedure for producing electricity on board ships through `alternators
and associated controls.
2. Infer knowledge on importance of generator load sharing, change over procedure
for ships and preferential trips.
3. Explain the emergency back up in onboard ships and its maintenance.
4. Summarize the types of cables, laying methods and finding faults in cables.
5. Identify hazardous area in ships and maintenance of electrical equipment.
6. Apply the knowledge of complete ship electric layout and its maintenance in

97
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
onboard ship.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 3 2 3 2 - - - - 3 3 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 2 - - - 3 - - - 2 3 2 2 2
CO4 3 2 3 3 - 2 - - - - 3 2 2 3 3
CO5 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3 2
CO6 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 2
AVERAGE 2.67 2.50 2.50 2.75 3.00 2.00 3.00 - - - 2.67 2.50 2.17 2.50 2.33
CORRELATION LEVELS 4. SLIGHT (LOW) 5. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 6. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT I: GENERATORS ON BOARD AND PROTECTION 9 Hrs
Ship electrical layout - Main Generator and Emergency Generator operation on board - standard output voltage
frequency and power - Governor droop characteristics and load sharing - AVR droop characteristics - Testing of
generator protection devices - AVR maintenance Procedure - Winding in classes of Insulation in Main Generator -
Meggering the rotor of brushless alternator - Protection and Safety - Case study of a faulty synchronization - water
cooling system - Fuel used and protection devices in Emergency generator - Setting OCR in Generator - Generator
Preventive Maintenance - Emergency Power Supplied equipments - Precautions for Supplying large capacity motor -
Fire precautions in engine room - location of fire detectors in engine room.

UNIT II: MAIN SWITCH BOARD 9 Hrs

MSB –Synchronization control in MSB, Generator load sharing, change over procedure between ship and shore supply.
Distribution branches and timing in preferential trip system, ACB, VCCB Maintenance, Auto start sequence on
recovering power to MSB and its purpose, MSB Bus Tie, Engine Room ventilation, accommodation ventilation
accommodation, COP trip, Bilge Ballast.

UNIT III: EMERGENCY SWITCH BOARD, EMERGENCY BATTERY AND TRANSFORMER

9 Hrs
Insulated Neutral and earthed system, Fault finding, Neutral earthing system in Main power distribution system,
Protective devices on Distribution board. Types of Batteries used in ships, maintenance and operational procedures,
Preventive maintenance of emergency battery. Hazards associated when working with batteries and in the battery room.
Transformer types, location and testing on board, welding transformer safety procedure .

UNIT IV: MARINE CABLES 9Hrs

Categorize the class of insulation used in marine cables, Types of cables used for different location, Cable glanding
procedure, Precautions on working in electrical and electronic equipment’s. Recognize the importance of proper
ventilation when using volatile electro-cleaners, varnishes and paints having solvents-State the maximum safe current a
human body can tolerate- State the first aid to be administered to a person exposed to electric shock-Describe the
actions to be taken in the instance of fire in the main generator panel.

UNIT V: HAZARDOUS AREA AND EQUIPMENTS 9Hrs

Hazardous zones on board, Category of Electrical equipment in different hazardous zones in ship, Risk assessment, log
entries work permit procedures when working in electrical equipment, Construction of switches in hazardous area,
98
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Illumination in hazardous zones, maintenance of electrical equipment in hazardous zones, List the logic provided for
safety in doing routine maintenance on explosive proof lights-State requirement for safety flashlights and maintenance
procedures. Intrinsically safe electrical fitting in hazardous zones, pulley belt specification in hazardous zones .

TOTAL:45 Hours

TEXT BOOKS
1. Elstan A. Fernandez, “Marine Electrical Technology” 6 th edition, shroff publishers and distributers Pvt.
Ltd.,2013
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. G.O. Watson, Marine electrical practice, 6th edition.
2. H.D. Mc George, Marine electrical equipment and practice, 2nd edition.
3. Edmund G.R. Krall, Reeds Advanced Electro technology for engineers- vol.7
4. D.A. Taylor, Marine control Practice.
5. Dennis T. Hall, Practical Marine Electrical Knowledge.
6. J. Cowley, The running and maintenance of marine machinery.
7. Nagrath I. J and Kothari D. P. ‘Electric Machines’, Fourth Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing & Co Ltd,
New Delhi.

99
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E.(ME, NAOE, PE, MINING, MECH, EEE) AND B.TECH.(FPT)

Course Code: Course Name : L T P C
UEITC03 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 3 0 0 3
Year and
III YEAR (SEMESTER VI)
Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite ( 3 Hrs )
-
course
Course Humanities and Management
Professional Core Professional Elective
category Social Sciences courses

Engineering
Basic Science Science
Open Elective Mandatory

Course 1. Gain a historical perspective of AI and its foundation.
Objective 2. To learn the different search strategies in AI.
3. To enable problem solving through probability reasoning
4. To learn various decision process
5. Become familiar with basic principles of AI towards knowledge representation.

After successful completion of the course, the students will be able to

Course
Outcome 1. Study of the design of intelligent computational techniques
2. Build intelligent agents for search and games
3. Solve AI problems through programming with Python
4. Learning optimization and inference algorithms for model learning
5. Design and develop programs for an agent to learn and act in a structured environment.
6. Improve problem solving skills using the acquired knowledge in the areas of, reasoning
and automatic programming.
POS/COS PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3

CO1 3 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

100
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
CO2 2 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 2 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 2 1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - - - - -

CO6 2 1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

AVERAGE 2.33 1.83 2.17 2.33 2.33 - - - - - - - - - -

CORRELATION LEVELS 1.SLIGHT(LOW) 2.MODERATE(MEDIUM) 3.SUBSTANTIAL(HIGH)

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 9 Hours

Concept of AI, history - current status – scope - agents – environments - Problem Formulations - Review of
tree and graph structures - State space representation - Search graph and Search tree.
UNIT II PROBLEM SOLVING METHODS 9 Hours
Problem solving Methods – Search Strategies- Uninformed – Informed – Heuristics – Local Search Algorithms
and Optimization Problems -Searching with Partial Observations – Constraint Satisfaction Problems –
Constraint Propagation – Backtracking Search – Game Playing – Optimal Decisions in Games – Alpha – Beta
Pruning – Stochastic Games.
UNIT III KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION 9 Hours
Introduction to knowledge representation - Proportion logic - First order logic I and II - Inference in first order
logic I and II - Answer extraction.
UNIT IV MACHINE LEARNING TECHNIQUES 9 Hours
Supervised learning - Unsupervised learning - Fuzzy logic, ANN - KNN - Support vector machine -
Reinforcement learning - Deep learning.
UNIT V APPLICATIONS 9 Hours
AI applications – Language Models – Information Retrieval- Information Extraction – Natural Language
Processing – Machine Translation – Speech Recognition – Robot – Hardware –Perception – Planning –
Moving.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS

TEXTBOOKS:

1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach”, 3 rd Edition, Prentice Hall,
2009.

REFERENCES:

101
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
1. Elaine Richand Kevin Knight, “Artificial Intelligence”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2003.
2. Patrick H. Winston. "Artificial Intelligence", Third edition, Pearson Edition, 2006.
3. Dan W.Patterson, ―Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems, PHI, 2006.
4. Nils J. Nilsson, ―Artificial Intelligence: A new Synthesis‖, Harcourt Asia Pvt. Ltd., 2000.
5. Saroj Kaushik, “Artificial Intelligence”, 1st Edition, Cengage learning India publisher, 2011.

102
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE6PA Power Electronics Laboratory 0 0 2 1
Year and Semester III Year & VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Nil 2 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Social Management courses Professional Core Professional Elective
Sciences
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. To provide knowledge on power semiconductor devices and their

characteristics
2. To provide hands on experience with power electronic converter design and
testing.
3. Understand the power handling capability of different switches
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Explain the characteristics of power electronics switching devices .
2. Explain the concepts of controlled rectification in various power modulator
applications.
3. Illustrate the concepts of choppers and PWM inverters.
4. Demonstrate the operations of converters.
5. Illustrate the operation of resonant converter.
6. Apply the concepts of power electronic devices in engineering fields.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO3 2 2 3 3 - 3 - - - - 2 - 3 - -
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 3 2 2 2 -
CO5 2 3 2 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 3 3 2 2
CO6 3 2 3 3 3 - 3 - - - 3 2 2 3 3
AVERAGE 2.33 2.50 2.60 2.50 2.67 3.00 2.50 - - - 2.50 2.33 2.50 2.25 2.50
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Characteristics of SCR and TRIAC

2. Characteristics of MOSFET and IGBT
3.Transien characteristics of SCR and MOSFET
4. AC to DC half-controlled converter
5. AC to DC fully controlled Converter
6. Step down and step up MOSFET based choppers

103
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
7. IGBT based single phase PWM inverter
8. IGBT based three phase PWM inverter
9. Resonant DC-DC converter
10. Simulation of Power Electronics circuits (1Φ & 3Φ converter, DC-DC converters, AC Voltage
controllers, PWM Inverter).
TOTAL: 30 Hours

104
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
Marine Electrical Technology
UEEE6PB
Laboratory 0 0 2 1
Year and Semester III Year & VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Basic Electrical Engineering 2 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To get hands on experience on on-board wiring and its layout.
2. To have knowledge on battery maintenance.
3. To gain knowledge on soft starter and testing of sensors.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Illustrate the operation of AC starters with wiring layout.
2. Infer the knowledge on tracing the wiring drawing with layout.
3. Demonstrate the working principles of starters.
4. Explain the battery maintenance and charging methods.
5. Demonstrate the different contactors in wiring layout .
6. Apply the knowledge of starters, pumps and sensors in various electrical motor
related applications.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 2 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 3 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 3.00 3.00 3.00 2.67 2.50 - - - 2.75 2.75 2.50 3.00 2.83 2.50 2.67
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1) Wiring and testing of D.O L Starter.
2) Wiring and testing of Forward Reverse Starter.
3) Testing of Two Speed Starter.
4) Operation of Auto Transformer Starter.
5) Wiring and testing of Star Delta Starter.
6) Study of Air Compressor Starter.
7) Testing of Bilge Alarm.
8) Wiring and testing of Auto/Standby/Manual Operation of Essential Pumps.
9) Study of Battery Charger with Batteries.
10) Wiring and testing of Soft Starters (Using PWM With IGBT and SCR Firing Technique).
11) Testing of Sensors. TOTAL: 30 Hours.

105
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE701 Power System Protection and
3 0 0 3
Switchgear
Year and Semester IV Year & VII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Transmission and Distribution 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To educate the causes of abnormal operating conditions of the apparatus and system.
2. To understand the operation of various protectives devices.
3. To impart knowledge on apparatus protection using relays and circuit breakers.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Illustrate various protection schemes in marine electrical systems .
2. Compare different protective relays.
3. Distinguish different protection schemes for apparatus such as generator, motor and
transformer.
4. Analyze different phenomena of circuit interruptions.
5. Compare different types of circuit Breakers.
6. Apply the concept of protection methods and equipments in marine electrical systems .
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 - - 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3 -
CO4 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 2 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 3 3 2 -
CO6 3 2 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 3 3 2 2
AVERAGE 3.00 2.60 2.80 2.50 3.00 - - - - - 2.20 2.80 3.00 2.60 2.67
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: PROTECTION SCHEMES 9 Hrs

Principles and need for protective schemes – nature and causes of faults – types of faults – fault current
calculation using symmetrical components – Methods of Neutral grounding – Zones of protection and essential
qualities of protection – Protection schemes.

UNIT II: ELECTROMAGNETIC RELAYS 9 Hrs

Operating principles of relays - the Universal relay – Torque equation – R-X diagram – Electromagnetic
Relays – Overcurrent, Directional, Distance, Differential, Negative sequence and Under frequency relays.

UNIT III: APPARATUS PROTECTION 9 Hrs

Current transformers and Potential transformers and their applications in protection schemes - Protection of
transformer, generator, motor, busbars and transmission line.
106
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT IV: STATIC RELAYS AND NUMERICAL PROTECTION 9 Hrs
Static relays – Phase, Amplitude Comparators – Synthesis of various relays using Static comparators – Block
diagram of Numerical relays – Overcurrent protection, transformer differential protection, distant protection of
transmission lines.

UNIT V: CASE STUDY ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS 9 Hrs

Physics of arcing phenomenon and arc interruption - DC circuit breaking – re-striking voltage and recovery
voltage - rate of rise of recovery voltage - resistance switching - current chopping - interruption of capacitive
current – Case study on circuit breakers – air blast, air break, oil, SF 6 and vacuum circuit breakers – Rating and
selection of Circuit breakers in industries.
TOTAL: 45 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sunil S. Rao, ‘Switchgear and Protection’, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2008.
2. B. Rabindranath and N. Chander, ‘Power System Protection and Switchgear’, New Age International (P)
Ltd., First Edition 2011.
3. M. L. Soni, P. V. Gupta, U. S. Bhatnagar, A. Chakrabarti, ‘A Text Book on Power System Engineering’,
Dhanpat Rai & Co.,1998.

REFERENCES:
1. Badri Ram, B.H. Vishwakarma, ‘Power System Protection and Switchgear’, New Age International Pvt
Ltd Publishers, Second Edition 2011.
2. Y.G. Paithankar and S.R. Bhide, ‘Fundamentals of power system protection’, Second Edition, Prentice
Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
3. C. L. Wadhwa, ‘Electrical Power Systems’, 6th Edition, New Age International (P) Ltd., 2010.
4. Ravindra P. Singh, ‘Switchgear and Power System Protection’, PHI Learning Private Ltd., New Delhi,
2009.

107
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE702 Solid State Drives 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester IV Year & VII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To understand steady state operation and transient dynamics of a motor load system.
2. To analyze the current and speed controllers for a solid-state drive.
3. To model and design the controllers for a solid-state drive.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Illustrate the steady state operation and transient dynamics of a motor load system .
2. Demonstrate the operation of solid state DC drive.
3. Explain the operation and performance of Induction motor drives.
4. Summarize the operation and control of synchronous motor drives.
5. Design the controllers for AC and DC motor drives.
6. Apply the concepts of drives and its control in industrial applications.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 2 2 3
CO2 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 3 2 3 3 3
CO6 3 3 2 3 3 3 - - - - 3 3 3 2 2
AVERAGE 3.00 2.67 2.50 3.00 2.67 2.50 - - - - 2.67 2.67 2.67 2.50 2.67
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: DRIVE CHARACTERISTICS 9Hrs

Electric drive – Equations governing motor load dynamics – steady state stability – multi quadrant Dynamics:
acceleration, deceleration, starting & stopping – typical load torque characteristics – Selection of motor.

UNIT II: CONVERTER / CHOPPER FED DC MOTOR DRIVE 9Hrs

Steady state analysis of the single and three phase converter fed separately excited DC motor drive–continuous
and discontinuous conduction– Time ratio and current limit control – 4 quadrant operation of converter /
chopper fed drive.

UNIT III: INDUCTION MOTOR DRIVES 9Hrs

Stator voltage control – energy efficient drive – v/f control – constant airgap flux – field-weakening mode –
voltage / current fed inverter – closed loop control.

108
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT IV: SYNCHRONOUS MOTOR DRIVES 9Hrs
V/f control and self-control of synchronous motor: Margin angle control and power factor control – permanent
magnet synchronous motor.

UNIT V: DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTATION OF CONTROLLERS FOR DRIVES 9Hrs

Simulation of Transfer function for DC motor / load and converter – closed loop control with Current and
speed feedback–Simulation and analysis of armature voltage control and field weakening mode. Variable
Frequency Drives.

TOTAL: 45 Hrs.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gopal K. Dubey, Fundamentals of Electrical Drives, Narosa Publishing House, 2010.
2. Bimal K. Bose. Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives, Pearson Education, 2002.
3. R. Krishnan, Electric Motor & Drives: Modeling, Analysis and Control, Prentice Hall of India, 2001.

REFERENCES:
1. G. K. Dubey, “Fundamentals of Electrical Drives”, CRC Press, 2002.
2. P. S. Bimbra “Power Electronics” Khanna Publishers, 2012.
3. Vedam Subrahmanyam, “Electric drives concepts and applications”, New York: McGraw-Hill, 2010.

109
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE703 Marine Control Engineering and
3 0 0 3
Automation
Year and Semester IV Year & VII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To impart knowledge on advanced control techniques used in on-board ships.
2. Identify and analyze the safety control systems.
3. To understand various marine applications of automation systems.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Illustrate the basic principles of control systems.
2. Demonstrate automatic process control systems and its characteristics using simulation
tools.
3. Illustrate various ship control operating systems.
4. Compare the different kind of valves and actuators.
5. Explain the different types of controls in ships and their applications.
6. Apply the concepts of automated control system in marine engineering fields.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 - 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 - 3 - - - - - - 3 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 3 2 3 - - - - - 3 - 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
CO6 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.83 2.83 2.50 2.75 3.00 - - - - - 3.00 3.00 2.83 3.00 3.00
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs

Need for process control – mathematical model of first order level, pressure and thermal processes
– higher order process – interacting and non-interacting systems – continuous and batch processes
– self-regulation and regulator operations-P+I, P+D and P+I+D control modes.

UNIT II AUTOMATIC CLOSED LOOP PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Introduction to the dynamics of simple servomechanism for angular position control – Process control system –
Automatic closed loop process – Control system dynamic characteristics of processes – Introduction, basicconcepts of
Analog computer and Digital Computer- Use of digital computer in the simulation control system – Hybrid computers.

110
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT III TRANSMISSION 9 Hrs
Pneumatic and electric transmission – suitability for marine use – Pneumatic and types of controller hydraulic
– Electric and electronic controllers for generation of control action – Time function controllers Computer
based Automation – PLC control and instruments – SCADA system – DCS system – PLC application on
Purifier – Boiler – Main Engine control – Networking and protocol.

UNIT IV CORRECTING AND CONTROL UNITS 9 Hrs

Diaphram actuators – Valve positioners – piston actuators – Electro pneumatic transducers – Electro hydraulic
actuators and electric actuators – control valves-Pneumatic and Electronic controllers to realize various control
actions- Marine boiler automatic combustion control- Control in main machinery units for temperature of
lubricating Oil- jacket cooling water, fuel valve cooling water, piston cooling water and scavenge air, fuel oil
viscosity control.

UNIT V APPLICATIONS 9 Hrs

Mini Project on: CAD drawings-Lighting design-Lighting fixtures-switchboard supply and installation-fault
finding-Re-wires-Green Energy Soultions- Tank Leak & Spillage Detection- Terminal Automation Systems &
SCADA- Pipeline SCADA & Leak Detection System- Emergency Shut Down and Fire & Gas Detection.
TOTAL: 45 Hours.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. D.A. Taylor, “Marine Control Practice”, 2nd Edition, Butter worth & Co (Publishers) Ltd., London, 1987.
2. Leslie Jackson, “Instrumentation and Control Systems”, 3 rd Edition, Thomas Reed Publication Ltd.,
London, 1992.
3. Bolton, “Control Systems”, 1st Edition, Elsevier, Indian reprint 2011( Yesdee Publishing)
4. Smith,“Application of Automatic Machinery And Alarm Equipment In Ships”, Marine Engineering
Practice, Vol 1, Part 06, IMarEST, London.
5. Notes on Instrumentation and Control by G.J.Roy, (Eng. FIMARE, MRINA, Stanford Maritime London)
1994.
REFERENCES:
1. Gordob Boyd and Leslie Jackson “Reed’s Marine Instrumentation & Control”, Vol 10, 5th Edition, 2013.
2. L.F. Adams, “Engineering Instrumentation and Control”, 1 st Edition, English Language Book Society
(ELBS), Hodder, Stoughton, Great Britain, 1984.
3. Peter Harriott, “ Process Control”, 26th reprint, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2005.
4. Bhattacharya, S.K.,”Control Sytem Engineering”, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2012.
5. Sinclair, “Sensors and Transdusers”, 3rd Edition, Elsevier, Reprint 2011 ( Yesdee Publishing).

111
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEE7PA Marine Control Engineering and
0 0 2 1
Automation Laboratory
Year and Semester IV Year & VII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Control Systems 2 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To understand the working of Temperature, Pressure, Flow, Level and other measuring
equipments.
2. To analyze the tuning of controllers.
3. To understand the operation of SCADA systems.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Illustrate the response of different order processes and P+I+D controller.
2. Demonstrate Closed loop response of flow, level , pressure and temperature control
loop.
3. Illustrate the tuning of PID controller.
4. Compare the different kind of valves.
5. Explain the different types of controls in ships and their applications.
6. Contrast the operation of PLC &SCADA systems in ships.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 - 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 3.00 3.00 2.67 2.67 3.00 - - - 2.33 3.00 3.00 3.00 2.83 3.00 3.00
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

112
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
List of Experiments
1. Response of different order processes with and without transportation lag
2. Response of P+I+D controller.
3. Characteristics of control valve with and without positioner.
4. Closed loop response of flow control loop.
5. Closed loop response of level control loop.
6. Closed loop response of temperature control loop.
7. Closed loop response of pressure control loop.
8. Tuning of PID controller.
9. Response of cascade control system.
10. Study of SCADA systems TOTAL: 30 Hours

113
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering-Marine)
Course Code Course Name L T P C
UEEE7PB High Voltage Switchgear Laboratory 0 0 2 1
Year and Semester IV Year & VII Semester Contact Hours Per Week
Prerequisite course - 2 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional
Social Sciences courses Elective
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objectives 1. To acquire hands on experience on the operation and maintenance of

switch gears like ACB, VCB & SF6
2. To acquire hands on experience on the protection systems used in
switchboard
Course Outcomes After successful completion of Course, the students will be able to
1. Demonstrate appropriate time setting for various protective relays
2. Apply high voltage safety precautions and procedures
3. Demonstrate the mechanism involved in the operation of ACB and VCB
4. Demonstrate the performance of SF6 circuit breaker
5. Explain the high voltage testing methods under over / under voltage fault
conditions
6. Apply the knowledge of high voltage testing in various high voltage
engineering application
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - -
CO2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 3 2 3 2 - -
CO3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - 2 3 3 3 3 2
CO5 3 3 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 3 3 2 3 3
CO6 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 3.0 2.8 2.0 2.5 3.0 - - - 3.0 2.6 2.7 3.0 2.7 3.0 2.8
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. Construction of High voltage generation onboard
2. Separation of high and low voltage distribution system
3. Earth fault monitor and isolating arrangements in main bus bar
4. Study the construction & operation of ACB
5. Study the construction & operation of VCB
6. Study the construction & operation of SF6
114
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
7. Isolation and withdrawal procedure of circuit breaker for repair and replacement
8. Arrangement of key operated interlocks, tracing of shipboard electrical circuit diagrams and
importance of correct sequence of operation
9. Testing of VCB, ACB & SF6 breakers under over voltage /under voltage fault conditions
10. Testing of VCB, ACB & SF6 breakers under over current & earth fault conditions

TOTAL: 30 Hours.

115
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Professional Elective Courses-I

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE01 Communication Engineering 3 0 0 3
Year and III Year / V Semester Contact hours per week
Semester (3Hrs)
Prerequisite -
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. To study about different methods of digital and analog communication and their significance.
2. To study about data communication network.
3. To understand the optical fiber and satellite communication systems.
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. Summarize the different modulation techniques in analog communication.
2. Explain the digital communication methods for high bit rate transmission .
3. Illustrate the concepts of source coding , line coding and error control techniques for
efficient data transmission .
4. Compare various multiple access techniques and network protocols
5. Illustrate various types of communications
6. Apply the knowledge of communication techniques in marine engineering fields.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - 2 2 -
CO2 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 - 2 2 -
CO3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2
CO4 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2 2 -
CO5 2 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 - -
CO6 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.3 2.7 2.8 2.3 2.5 - - - - - 2.7 2.8 2.3 2.4 2.5
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

116
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

UNIT I ANALOG COMMUNICATION 9 Hrs

AM – Frequency spectrum – vector representation – power relations – generation of AM – DSB, DSB/SC,
SSB, VSB AM Transmitter & Receiver; FM and PM – frequency spectrum – power relations : NBFM &
WBFM, Generation of FM and DM, Armstrong method & Reactance modulations : FM & PM frequency.

UNIT - II DIGITAL COMMUNICATION 9 Hrs

Pulse modulations – concepts of sampling and sampling theorems, PAM, PWM, PPM, PTM, quantization and
coding: DCM, DM, slope overload error. ADM, DPCM, OOK systems – ASK, FSK, PSK, BSK, QPSK,
QAM, MSK, GMSK, applications of Data communication.

UNIT – III SOURCE CODES, LINE CODES & ERROR CONTROL 9 Hrs
Primary communication – entropy, properties, BSC, BEC, source coding : Shaum, Fao, Huffman coding –
noiseless coding theorem, BW – SNR trade off codes: NRZ, RZ, AMI, HDBP, ABQ, MBnB codes –
Efficiency of transmissions – error control codes and applications – convolutions & block codes.

UNIT - IV MULTIPLE ACCESS TECHNIQUES & NETWORK PROTOCOL 9 Hrs

Spread Spectrum & Multiple Access techniques: FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, SDMA application in wire and
wireless communication – Advantages (merits), Data Communication codes – error control – Serial and
parallel interface – telephone network – data modem – ISDN, LAN, ISO-OSI seven layer architecture for
WAN.

UNIT - V SATELLITE, OPTICAL FIBRE –POWERLINE, SCADA COMMUNICATIONS 9 Hrs

Orbits – Types of satellites – frequency used link establishment, MA techniques used in satellite
communication – earth station; aperture actuators used in satellite – Intelsat and Insat – fibers – types –
sources, detectors used, digital filters, optical link: power line carrier communications: SCADA

TOTAL: 45 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Taub & Schiling ”Principles of Communication Systems “ Tata McGraw Hill 2008.
2. Roy Blake, Electronic Communication Systems‘, Thomson Delmar, 2nd Edition, 2002

REFERENCES:
1. Sklar ”Digital Communication Fundamentals and Applications” Pearson Education,2020.
2. Baryle, Memuschmidt, ”Digital Communication”, Kluwer Publication,2004.
3. Wayne Tomasi, Electronic Communication Systems‘, Pearson Education, Third Edition, 2001.

117
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE02 Electrical Power Plant Engineering 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester III Year / V Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite Nil (3 Hrs)
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective1. To provide an overview of Conventional and Non-Conventional Power Plants.

2. To understand the role of engineers in operation of power plants.
3. To understand the role of engineers in maintenance of power plants.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Outline different types of conventional power plant.
2. Demonstrate the measurement techniques related to electric power plants.
3. Illustrate the electric power generation from non-conventional energy sources.
4. Illustrate power generation from non-conventional energy sources.
5. Compare Conventional and non-conventional power plants.
6. Apply the concepts of Power Plant Engineering in power systems.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 3
CO4 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 2
CO5 2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 - - - - - 2.40 2.40 2.67 2.40 2.60
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I : OVERVIEW OF CONVENTIONAL POWER GENERATION 9 Hrs

Survey of methods of power generation –Thermal, Nuclear, Gas and Diesel – Layout of different Power
Plants – Advantages and disadvantages – Introduction to Cogeneration. Effect of distributed generation on
power system operation - Importance of instrumentation in power generation.

UNIT II : MEASUREMENTS IN POWER PLANTS 9 Hrs

Measurement of feed water flow, air flow, steam flow and coal flow – Drum level measurement – Steam
pressure and temperature measurement – Turbine speed and vibration measurement – Flue gas analyzer –
Fuel composition analyzer.

UNIT III : POWER FROM NON-CONVENTIONAL ENERGY 9 Hrs

118
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Hydro Electric Power Plants – Classification, Typical Layout and associated components including Turbines.
Principle, Construction and working of Wind, Tidal, Solar Photovoltaic (SPV), Solar Thermal, Geo Thermal,
Biogas and Fuel Cell power systems.

UNIT IV : ENERGY, ECONOMIC AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES OF POWER PLANTS 9 Hrs

Power tariff types, Load distribution parameters, load curve, Comparison of site selection criteria, relative
merits & demerits, Capital & Operating Cost of different power plants. Pollution control technologies
including Waste Disposal Options for Coal and Nuclear Power Plant

UNIT V : CASE STUDY 9 Hrs

Case study of any one power plant (Conventional or Non-Conventional).

Total Hours: 45 Hrs

TEXT BOOKS:

1. P.K.Nag, Powerplant Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 3rd edition, 2007.

2. Krishnaswamy.K and Ponnibala.M., Power Plant Instrumentation, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2011.

REFERENCES:

1.M.M. El-Wakil, Power Plant Technology, Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 2010.
2.Tamilmani, Power plant instrumentation, Sams Publishers, 2011.
3.Godfrey Boyle, Renewable energy, Open University, Oxford University Press in association with the
Open University, 2004.

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE03 Smart Technologies in Maritime
Industry 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester III Year & V Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course - 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective The main purpose of this course is to provide the most fundamental knowledge to the
students so that they can understand how smart technologies changing the maritime
industry

119
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Course Outcome After successful completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Explain the concept of autonomous ship
2. Illustrate the latest technologies used in marine propulsion system
3. Outline the smart technologies used in commercial shipping
4. Classify the implication of AI in shipping
5. Compare various green energies used in shipping
6. Summarize the smart technologies implemented in Maritime industry
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 2 2 3 3
CO6 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2 2
AVERAGE 2.83 2.83 2.50 2.33 2.00 - - - - - - 2.00 2.33 2.33 2.33
CORRELATION LEVELS 4. SLIGHT (LOW) 5. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 6. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT I: Smart Ship 9 Hrs
Introduction- Understanding smart ships- - Parts of an autonomous ship- Steps in increasing autonomy-
Activities impacted by innovations- impact of smart ships activities in the maritime ecosystem
UNIT III: Smart Technology in Electric Propulsion System 9 Hrs
Introduction to propulsion system-Mechanical Propulsion – Electric Propulsion – Hybrid Propulsion - Electrical
propulsion with hybrid power supply- Hybrid propulsion with hybrid power supply- Electrical propulsion with
DC hybrid power supply- Control strategies.
UNIT III: Smart technologies in commercial shipping 9 Hrs
Advanced materials-Big data Analytics – Robotics –Sensors – Communications – Shipbuilding – Propulsion and
Powering.
UNIT IV: Artificial Intelligence in Maritime Industry 9 Hrs
Maritime Artificial Intelligence Industry Insights- Barriers to Artificial Intelligence-Implementation - Advantages
of Artificial Intelligence in Shipping for an Improved Future- Implementing Digital Technology in Shipping-
System of Naval Artificial Intelligence- Behaviour Model of NAI-Components of NAI-Vessels Management

UNIT V: Green Energy in Maritime Industry 9 Hrs

Renewable for shipping- Current renewable energy for shipping applications: wind, solar, bio-fuels and wave
energy-Hydrogen fuel cells – Battery Electric Propulsion –Performance and costs-Case study.

Total: 45 Hours
REFERENCES:
1. R.D. Geertsma, R.R. Negenborn, K. Visser, and J.J. Hopman “Design and control of hybrid power and
propulsion systems for smart ships: A review of developments”. (https://www.journals.elsevier.com/applied-
energy.)
2. Ziaul Haque Munim, Mariia Dushenko, Veronica Jaramillo Jimenez and Mohammad Hassan Shakil
“Big data and artificial intelligence in the maritime industry: A bibliometric review and future research
120
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
directions”. (https://www.researchgate.net/publication/342335386.)
3. R.R.Negenborn,”Smart ships and the changing maritime ecosystem”.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/327704347
4. E. Kulbiej & P. Wołejsza “Naval Artificial Intelligence”.(https://www.researchgate.net/publication/318655874)
5. Renewable Energy Options for Shipping, by IRENA,2015.

121
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE04 Solar and Energy Storage Systems 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester III Year / V Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course - ( 3 Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To study solar modules and PV system design and their applications.
2. To deal with grid connected PV systems.

3. To know the concepts of energy storage systems.

Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. Explain operation of PV cells
2. Demonstrate the performance of standalone PV system.
3. Illustrate the working of grid connected PV system
4. Discuss about the energy storage system.
5. Design solar PV cells.
6. Apply the solar PV system for water pumping, satellite communication
etc.,
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 3
CO4 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 2
CO5 2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.3 2.5 - - - - - 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.4 2.6
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs

Place of PV in World Energy Scenario -Characteristics of sunlight – semiconductors and P-N

junctions –behavior of solar cells – cell properties – PV cell interconnection-P-N Junction Diode:
An Introduction to Solar Cells

UNIT II : STAND ALONE PV SYSTEM 9 Hrs

Solar modules – storage systems – power conditioning and regulation – protection – stand-alone PV

122
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
systems design – sizing-Design of Solar Cells

UNIT III : GRID CONNECTED PV SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

PV systems in buildings – design issues for central power stations – safety – Economic aspect –
Efficiency and performance – International PV programs.

UNIT IV : ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Impact of intermittent generation – Battery energy storage – solar thermal energy storage – pumped
hydroelectric energy storage.

UNIT V : SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC APPLICATIONS 9 Hrs

Photovoltaic System Design and Applications - Water pumping – battery chargers – solar car –
direct-drive applications –Space Telecommunications- Mini project on solar PV applications.

TOTAL: 45 Hrs

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Eduardo Lorenzo G. Araujo, Solar electricity engineering of photovoltaic systems,

Progensa,1994.
2. Stuart R.Wenham, Martin A.Green, Muriel E. Watt and Richard Corkish, Applied
Photovoltaics, 2007,Earthscan, UK.
3. Frank S. Barnes & Jonah G. Levine, Large Energy storage Systems Handbook , CRC Press,
2011.

REFERENCES:

1. Solar & Wind Energy Technologies – McNeils, Frenkel, Desai, Wiley Eastern, 2011
2. Solar Energy – S.P. Sukhatme, Tata McGraw Hill,2017.
3. Solar Photovoltaics - Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications- Solanki C.S -2015

123
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE05 Instrumentation and Control 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester III Year / V Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Nil ( 3 Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To learn the basics of measurement and control of process such as pressure,
flow and level.
2. To have a sound knowledge of alarm circuits and signal generation and
Transmission.
3. To understand the various measurement and control techniques.
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1Illustrate measurement of pressure, fluid level and flow.
2. Demonstrate about temperature, torque, viscosity and speed measuring
equipments.
3. Analyze the salinity meter and oxygen analyzer.
4. Explain the operation of alarm circuits, signal generation and transmission.
5. Demonstrate hydraulic system calibration.
6. Apply the knowledge of instrumentation and control in marine engineering.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2 2 2 2 3
CO3 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.5 2.7 2.7 2.8 2.5 - - - - - 2 2 2.3 2.3 2.4
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT 1: Measurement of process, pressure, fluid Level, and fluid flow 9 Hrs

Simple manometer, D.P cell, Piezoelectric sensor transducer, Strain gauge, Micro silicon wafer pressure
transducer, digital pressure transducer ,uses of pressure transducers, pressure alarms, Direct level
measurement, measurement by probes, Oily water interface, level SENSORS and transducers ,remote tank
level measurement by resistance sensor and by radar measurement , boiler level control by DP transmitter ,low,
high and over fill alarms.

124
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

UNIT II: Measurement of temperature, Speed measurement, Torque measurement and

Viscosity measurement 9 Hrs

Various type of temperature measurement, Thermistor, Thermocouple, RTD, Pyrometer, Infrared,

Alarams and various uses on board. Power measurement transmitter and use. Fuel oil viscosity
measurement and control of viscosity for Maine engine and Generator various methods, Tacho
Generator, by pulse measurement on Maine.

UNIT III: Salinity meter 9 Hrs

Salinity meter, alarm system in fresh water generator and boiler, Oxygen analyser, Explosive gas
detector, Oil mist detector, Smoke density meter 15 ppm Oily water measurement and alarm system,
ODMCS – Infrared light, Scattered method for oily water measurement

UNIT IV: Alarm circuits, Signal generation and transmission 9 Hrs

Alarm and Trip circuit for various machinery, simple fire alarm, dead man alarm, Important UMS
alarms. Understand the techniques of generating electrical and pneumatics signals on board ship
telemetering, pneumatic ,Electrical transducers and receivers I/P,P/I,V/I,I/V converters.

UNIT V: Hydraulic system and Calibration 9 Hrs

Electrical aspects of various hydraulic systems, System controlled by Solenoid valves, Steering gear
system, Tanker Cargo valve operating system, Cargo cranes, Calibration, recording of various
pressure, temperature transducer, level transmitter and equipments.
TOTAL:45 Hrs

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gordon Boyd , Leslie Jackson , “Instrumentation and Control Systems” (Reeds Marine
Engineering and Technology Series) 5th Edition,2013
2. G.J.Roy ,Instrumentation and control (FIMARE,MRNIA ,Stanford Maritime London) Reed’s
marine Instrumentation and control, 2011

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Elstan A. Fernandez, Marine Electrical technology. Arizona Business Alliance; 7th ed. edition
2014
2. D.A Taylor, Marine Control Practice.

125
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE06 Marine Electrical System Design and Layout
3 0 0 3
Year and Semester III Year / V Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course - (3Hrs)
Course category Humanities and Management courses Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. To implement the Wiring on Panel for Starters, light connection and marine accessories.
2. To understand different types of cable trays.
3. To learn about the electrical layout of the on-board ship.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Explain the performance and control of Induction motor drives.
2. Illustrate the PWM for inverter fed variable frequency drives.
3. Demonstrate the concept of battery charging.
4. Explain the concept of battery charging.
5. Develop a layout for Marine Electrical switch boards.
6. Apply the knowledge of Electrical System Design and Layout in marine engineering.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 3 - -
CO2 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2 -
CO3 3 2 - 2 - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO4 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - 2 2 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - 3 2 3 2 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 3 2 3 2 2
AVERAGE 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.60 2.67 3.00 - - - - 2.50 2.00 2.67 2.00 2.00
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: CONTROL AND CHARACTERISTICS OF INDUCTION MOTOR DRIVES 9 Hrs

Three phase induction motor – principle and operational characteristics – starting of induction motor – method of
starting – Direct on-line starters – Star – delta starter – auto – transformer starter – starting of special high torque
induction motors – Reversing – speed control of induction motor:VFD operation.

UNIT II: PWM FOR INVERTER FED VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES 9 Hrs
Design and Analysis of Inverters: Voltage Source Inverter - Harmonics - PWM Techniques - Matrix Converter-V/F
Control-Design of LC Filter for Inverters-Multi level inverter-Simulation using MATLAB.

UNIT III: BATTERIES AND BATTERY CHARGING 9 Hrs

Classification of Batteries – Electrical characteristics of Batteries – Methods of Charging: Charging with supply

126
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
from a DC source – Charging with supply from an AC Source-Single Rate and Double Rate Battery Chargers –
Automatic Thyristor controlled Battery charger – Battery Installation and Safety measures – SOLAS Regulations.

UNIT IV: ELECTRIC CABLES AND INSULATIONS 9 Hrs

Introduction to cables – Types of cables – Wiring on panel starters – Light Connection and marine accessories –
Sizing of cables –Routing a cable – Different types of cable trays used in ships-crimping the lug - BOW thrusters
and Shaft motors – Classes of cable Insulations – Insulating materials – Temperature ratings – Conductor insulation.
UNIT V: ELECTRICAL DRAWING & LAYOUT 9 Hrs
Single line diagram – Schematic power distribution diagrams – cable layout drawing – Electrical panel
drawing – Trace and analyze the circuit diagrams and trouble shoot electric systems logically – Design of
Uninterruptible Power Supply - Marine Electrical switch boards.
TOTAL: 45 Hours.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. R.Krishnan, Electric Motor & Drives: Modelling, Analysis and Control, Prentice Hall of India,
2001.
2. D.P.Kothari , I.J. Nagarath, ‘Power System Engineering’, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company limited, New Delhi, Second Edition, 2008.
3. Elstan A. Fernandez, ‘Marine Electrical Technology’, Fifth Edition, 2011.
4. L. Umanand, “ Power Electronics Essentials and Applications”, Wiley, 2010

REFERENCES:
1. M.H.Rashid, ‘Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications’, Pearson Education,
PHI Third Edition, New Delhi, 2004.
2. P.S.Bimbra “Power Electronics” Khanna Publishers, third Edition, 2003.
3. Bimal K.Bose. Modern Power Electronics and AC Drives, Pearson Education, 2002
4. C.L.Wadhwa, ‘Electrical Power Systems’, New Academic Science Ltd, 2009.

127
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Professional Elective Course 2
PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE08 PLC and SCADA Systems 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester III Year & VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course - 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To understand the basics of PLC parts and communication

2. To learn the PLC ladder diagram Program
3. To understand the Concept of SCADA system
Course Outcome After successful completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Outline the PLC components and its operation
2. Apply the ladder diagram concept to create logic and control functions
3. Identify the fault in PLC and able to rectify it
4. Model a SCADA system architecture for a process
5. Illustrate the PLC and SCADA communication and networking
6. Demonstrate PLC and SCADA system
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 2 2 3 3
CO6 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2 2
AVERAGE 2.83 2.83 2.50 2.33 2.00 - - - - - - 2.00 2.33 2.33 2.33
CORRELATION LEVELS 7. SLIGHT (LOW) 8. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 9. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT I: PLC OVERVIEW 9 Hrs
Definition & History of PLC, Basic structure & Components of PLC, Principle of Operation, PLC hardware
components - I/O section - Analog I/O modules - digital I/O modules, CPU processor memory module – PLC
programming Simple instructions - Output control devices - Latching relays PLC ladder diagram, Converting
simple relay ladder diagram in to PLC relay ladder diagram.
UNIT II: BASICS OF PLC PROGRAMMING 9 Hrs
PLC Programming languages, Ladder diagrams, Relays, contactors, switches, sensors, output control devices,
latching relays, ladder diagram elements. Timer instructions ON Delay, OFF Delay and Retentive Timers-UP
Counter, DOWN Counter and UP down Counters, program control instructions - Data manipulating
instructions-math instructions.
UNIT III: PLC INSTALLATION, TROUBLESHOOTING & MAINTENANCE 9 Hrs
Installation : Consideration of operating environment, Receiving test, check & assembly, Electrical Noise,
Leaky inputs & outputs, Grounding, voltage variations & surges, Circuit protections & wiring, Program
128
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Editing & Commissioning. Troubleshooting: Processor module, Input & Output malfunctions, Ladder logic
program. PLC Maintenance.
UNIT IV: SCADA 9 Hrs
SCADA (Supervisory control and data acquisition): Block diagram, RTU (Remote terminal unit), Functions of
RTU, MTU (Main terminal unit), functions of MTU, operating interfaces & applications, HMI (Human
Machine Interface, Interfacing technique of PLC with HMI-Communications- Applications- Operator
interface.

UNIT V: NETWORKING AND COMMUNICATIONS 9 Hrs

Types of networking channels, Types of communication interface, Advantages of standard industrial network,
Serial communication, Industrial network: CAN (Controller area network), Devicenet, Controlnet, Ethernet/IP,
Modbus, Fieldbus, Profibus-PA/DP.
Total: 45 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Frank D. Petruzella, “Programmable Logic Controllers” Fourth Edition, McGraw-Hill Education.

2. Madhuchandra Mitra, Samarjeet Sen Gupta, “Programmable logic controllers & Industrial
Automation”, Fourth reprint 2012. Penram International Pvt.Ltd.
3. Stuart A.Boyer, “ Supervisory control and Data Acquisition”, International Society of Automation; 4th
edition (15 February 2016)

REFERENCES:

1. John W. Wobb, Ronald A. Rais, “Programmable Logic Controllers, Principles & Applications”, Fifth
Edition, PHI publishing.
2. Garry Dunning, “Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers “,3rd Edition, Thomson, Delmar
Learning.
3. Curtis Johnson, “Process Control Instrumentation Technology”; 8th Edition, Pearson Education

129
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE09 Design of Electrical Apparatus 3 0 0 3
Year /Semester III Year /VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite - (3 Hrs)
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Mandatory
Science Elective

Course Objective 1. To implement the design of DC machines, transformers and induction motors.
2. To find out the dimension of various parts of the machine.
3. To examine various losses in the machines.
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. Outline the important parameters involved in design of electrical machines.
2. Explain the design procedures of DC machines.
3. Illustrate the design methods of transformers with cooling system arrangements.
4. Demonstrate the steps involved in design of various types of synchronous
machines.
5. Design of motors using MAGNET software.
6. Apply the knowledge of design in manufacturing of electrical machines.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 2 2
CO2 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 3
CO4 3 3 2 - 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 3 2 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - 3 3 2 2 -
AVERAGE 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.3 2.8 - - - - - 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.2 2.4
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs
Major considerations in Electrical Machine Design - Electrical Engineering Materials –Spacefactor –
Choice of Specific Electrical and Magnetic loadings – Thermal considerations – Heatflow –
Temperature rise – Rating of machines – Standard specifications.
UNIT II: DC MACHINES 9 Hrs
Output Equations – Main Dimensions - Magnetic circuit calculations – Carter ‘s Coefficient –Net
length of Iron –Real & Apparent flux densities – Selection of number of poles- Design of Armature –
Design of commutator and brushes – performance prediction using design values.
UNIT III: TRANSFORMERS 9 Hrs
Output Equations – Main Dimensions -KVA output for single and three phase transformers –
Window space factor – Overall dimensions – Operating characteristics – Regulation – No load
130
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
current – Temperature rise in Transformers – Design of Tank – Methods of cooling of Transformers.
UNIT IV: AC MACHINES 9 Hrs
Induction Motor: Output equation of Induction motor – Main dimensions – Length of air gap-Rules
for selecting rotor slots of squirrel cage machines – Design of rotor bars & slots- Design of end rings-
Synchronous Machine: Output equations –Design of salient pole machines –Short circuit ratio –shape
of pole face – Armature design – Estimation of air gap length –Design of rotor – Design of damper
winding
UNIT V: APPLICATIONS 9 Hrs
Design of motors using MAGNET software: Designing a Servo Motor-Ensuring Electric Machine
Efficiency-Flux Weakening of Variable Speed Drives-Iron Loss Calculations in Laminated
Structures-Reducing the Eddy Current Losses in Permanent Magnets by Segmentation- Calculating
the steady-state ohmic and core losses in Motor with temperature effects-Core Loss and Efficiency
Calculations.
TOTAL: 45 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sawhney, A.K., 'A Course in Electrical Machine Design', Dhanpat Rai& Sons, NewDelhi 6th
Edition, 2013.
2. Sen, S.K., 'Principles of Electrical Machine Designs with Computer Programmes', Oxford
and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2010
3. M.V.Deshpande “Design and Testing of Electrical Machine Design” Wheeler Publications,
2010.

REFERENCES:
1. A.Shanmugasundaram, G.Gangadharan, R.Palani 'Electrical Machine Design DataBook,
New Age Intenational Pvt. Ltd., Reprint 2007.
2. R.K.Agarwal “ Principles of Electrical Machine Design” Esskay Publications, Delhi, 2002.

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE10 Measurements and Instrumentation 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester III Year/ VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL ( 3Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To understand the operation of measurement and instrumentation systems.

131
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
2. To find faults and test various instruments and justify their use in systems.
3. To carry out Engineering design of various meters or select instruments for
various applications.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Outline the functional elements of an instrument.
2. Explain the operation of Electrical and electronics Instruments.
3. Illustrate the methods of measurement and display devices.
4. Explain the classification of transducers and data acquisition system.
5. Demonstrate the temperature, pressure, speed and displacement measurement
with sensors.
6. Apply the knowledge of measurement and instrumentation in the field of
electrical and electronics engineering.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 3 - - 3 - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO2 3 2 2 - - 2 - - - - 2 2 2 3 3
CO3 2 3 2 2 3 3 - - - - 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.50 2.67 2.67 2.75 2.50 2.50 - - - - 2.00 2.00 2.33 2.50 2.40
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs

Functional elements of an instrument – Static and dynamic characteristics – Errors in measurement –Deflection,
Controlling and Damping Torques – Standards and calibration- Moving Iron and Moving Coil instruments.

UNIT II : ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS INSTRUMENTS 9 Hrs

Principle and types of analog and digital voltmeters, ammeters, multimeters – Single and three phase wattmeter
and energy meters – Magnetic measurements – Determination of B-H curve and measurements of iron loss –
Instrument transformers – Instruments for measurement of frequency and phase.

UNIT III : MEASUREMENT METHODS AND DISPLAY DEVICES 9 Hrs

D.C & A.C potentiometers, D.C & A.C bridges, transformer ratio bridges, self balancing bridges.
Interference & screening – Multiple earth and earth loops – Electrostatic and electromagnetic
interference – Grounding techniques. CRT, CRO, LED, LCD - Data Loggers.

UNIT IV : TRANSDUCERS AND DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Classification of transducers – Selection of transducers – Resistive, capacitive & inductive transducers –

Piezoelectric, optical and digital transducers – Elements of data acquisition system – A/D, D/A
converters – Smart sensors.

UNIT V: INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS OF SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS 9 Hrs

132
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Measurement of Pressure, Level, Flow, Temperature, Speed, Displacement and Salinity using sensors
and Transducers.

Total Hours: 45 Hrs

TEXT BOOKS:

1. E.O. Doebelin, ‘Measurement Systems – Application and Design’, Tata McGraw Hill publishing
company, 2003.
2. A.K. Sawhney, ‘A Course in Electrical & Electronic Measurements & instrumentation’, Dhanpat
Rai and Co, 2004.

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. A.J. Bouwens, ‘Digital Instrumentation’, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.

2. D.V.S. Moorthy, ‘Transducers and Instrumentation’, Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd, 2007.
3. H.S. Kalsi, ‘Electronic Instrumentation’, Tata McGraw Hill, II Edition 2004.
4. J. B. Gupta, ‘A Course in Electronic and Electrical Measurements’, S. K. Kataria & Sons Delhi
2003.

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE11 Wind Energy Conversion Systems 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester III Year / VI semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course - ( 3Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Mandatory
Science Elective

133
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Course Objective 1. To learn about the components of wind energy conversion systems.
2. To understand the concepts of wind energy conversion systems.
3. To analyze the grid integration issues.
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. Illustrate the components of wind turbine.
2. Explain horizontal and vertical axis wind turbine.
3. Demonstrate fixed speed wind turbine.
4. Explain the operation of variable speed wind turbine.
5. Analyze the grid connected wind turbine.
6. Design wind energy conversion systems for grid integration.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO2 3 2 - - - - 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 3
CO3 2 3 2 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 - 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 3 3 3 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 3 3 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 - 2 - - - 2 2 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.5 2.7 2.7 2.8 2.5 2 - - - 2 2 2.3 2.3 2.4
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs

Components of WECS-WECS schemes-Power obtained from wind-simple momentum theory- Power
coefficient-Sabinin’s theory-Aerodynamics of Wind turbine

UNIT II: WIND TURBINES 9 Hrs

HAWT-VAWT - Power Developed – Thrust – Efficiency - Rotor selection - Tip speed ratio - No. of
Blades - Blade profile - Power Regulation - yaw control - Pitch angle control - stall control -Schemes
for maximum power extraction.

UNIT III: FIXED SPEED SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Generating Systems - Constant speed constant frequency systems - Choice of Generators - Deciding
Factors - Synchronous Generator - Squirrel Cage Induction Generator - Model of Wind Speed -
Model wind turbine rotor – Drive Train Model - Generator model for Steady state and Transient
stability analysis.

UNIT IV: VARIABLE SPEED SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Need of variable speed systems - Power-wind speed characteristics - Variable speed constant
frequency systems synchronous generator – DFIG - PMSG - Variable speed generators modeling –
Variable speed variable frequency schemes.

UNIT V: GRID CONNECTED SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Wind interconnection requirements, low-voltage ride through (LVRT), ramp rate limitations, and
supply of ancillary services for frequency and voltage control, current practices and industry trends
wind interconnection impact on steady-state and dynamic performance of the power system including
modeling issue.
134
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Total : 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS:
1. L.L.Freris “Wind Energy conversion Systems”, Prentice Hall, 1990.
2. S.N.Bhadra, D.Kastha,S.Banerjee,”Wind Electrical Sytems”,Oxford University Press,2010.
3. Mukhtar Ahmad, “Operation and Control of Renewable Energy Systems”,Wiley,2017
REFERENCES:
1. Ion Boldea, “Variable speed generators”, Taylor & Francis group, 2006.
2. E.W.Golding “The generation of Electricity by wind power”, Redwood burn Ltd.,
Trowbridge,1976.
3. N. Jenkins,” Wind Energy Technology” John Wiley & Sons,2001
4. S.Heir “Grid Integration of WECS”, Wiley 2014.

135
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE12 Bio-Medical Instrumentation 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester III Year / VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite NIL (3Hrs)
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional
Social Sciences courses Elective
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. To acquire knowledge on physiology of human organs.

2. To apply different transducers for biomedical application.
3. To provide the latest ideas on non-electrical devices.
Course Outcome The students will be able to
1. Explain the fundamentals of bio medical engineering.
2. Illustrate the diagnostic procedures and non-electrical parameters
measurements.
3. Demonstrate acquisition of electrical parameters
4. Explain the operation of MRI and different types of biotelemetry systems.
5. Explain life assisting, therapeutic and robotic devices used in real time
applications
6. Apply the knowledge of Bio-Medical Instrumentation in the field of electrical
and electronics engineering

POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 3
CO3 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.5 2.7 2.7 2.8 2.5 - - - - - 2 2 2.3 2.5 2.4
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 9 Hrs

Cell and its structure – Resting and Action Potential – Nervous system and its fundamentals - Basic
components of a biomedical system- Cardiovascular systems- Respiratory systems -Kidney and
blood flow - Biomechanics of bone - Biomechanics of soft tissues - Basic mechanics of spinal
column and limbs -Physiological signals and transducers - Transducers – selection criteria – Piezo
electric, ultrasonic transducers - Temperature measurements - Fibre optic temperature sensors.
UNIT II: NON-ELECTRICAL PARAMETERS MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURES 9 Hrs

136
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Measurement of blood pressure - Cardiac output - Heart rate - Heart sound - Pulmonary function
measurements – spirometer – Photo Plethysmography, Body Plethysmography – Blood Gas
analysers, pH of blood –measurement of blood pCO2, pO2, finger-tip oxymeter - ESR, GSR
measurements.
UNIT III: ELECTRICAL PARAMETERS ACQUISITION AND ANALYSIS 9 Hrs
Electrodes – Limb electrodes –floating electrodes – pregelled disposable electrodes - Micro, needle
and surface electrodes – Amplifiers, Preamplifiers, differential amplifiers, chopper amplifiers –
Isolation amplifier - ECG – EEG – EMG – ERG – Lead systems and recording methods – Typical
waveforms - Electrical safety in medical environment, shock hazards – leakage current-Instruments
for checking safety parameters of biomedical equipments.
UNIT IV: IMAGING MODALITIES AND ANALYSIS 9 Hrs
Radio graphic and fluoroscopic techniques – Computer tomography – MRI – Ultrasonography –
Endoscopy – Thermography –Different types of biotelemetry systems - Retinal Imaging - Imaging
application in Biometric systems - Analysis of digital images.
UNIT V: LIFE ASSISTING, THERAPEUTIC AND ROBOTIC DEVICES 9 Hrs
Pacemakers – Defibrillators – Ventilators – Nerve and muscle stimulators – Diathermy – Heart –
Lung machine – Audio meters – Dialyzers – Lithotripsy - ICCU patient monitoring system - Nano
Robots - Robotic surgery – Advanced 3D surgical techniques- Orthopedic prostheses fixation.
TOTAL: 45 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Leslie Cromwell, Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement, Prentice hall of India, New
Delhi, 2007.
2. Joseph J.carr and John M. Brown, Introduction to Biomedical Equipment Technology, John
Wiley and sons, New York, 4th Edition, 2012.
3. Khandpur R.S, Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation, , Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2nd
Edition, 2003.

REFERENCES:
1. John G. Webster, Medical Instrumentation Application and Design, John Wiley and sons, New
York, 2020.
2. Duane Knudson, Fundamentals of Biomechanics, Springer, 2nd Edition, 2007.
3. Suh, Sang, Gurupur, Varadraj P., Tanik, Murat M., Health Care Systems, Technology and
Techniques, Springer, 1st Edition, 2011.
4. Ed. Joseph D. Bronzino, The Biomedical Engineering Hand Book, Third Edition, Boca Raton,
CRC Press LLC, 2006.
5. M.Arumugam, ‘Bio-Medical Instrumentation’, Anuradha Agencies, 2003.

137
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE13 Marine Engineering – I 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester III Year / VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course - ( 3Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To impart knowledge in the marine diesel engines and types of marine boilers.
2. To learn about the refrigeration and air-conditioning systems.
3. To understand the ships and machinery system.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Outline the functions of marine diesel engine.
2. Explain the concepts of marine diesel engine shafting.
3. Classify the boiler types and its mounting, combustion, feed system, feed water
treatment system.
4. Demonstrate the parts of marine steam turbine.
5. Illustrate gas turbine, refrigeration and air conditioning with ship propulsion
systems.
6. A Apply the knowledge of mechanical and electrical system maintenance in
onboard ships.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 - 2 3 -
CO3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 3 - 3 2 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
CO6 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 2
AVERAGE 3.00 2.67 2.83 2.75 2.50 - - - - - 2.25 2.33 2.50 2.50 2.50
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT I MARINE DIESEL ENGINE 9 Hrs
Ships and machinery - design and selection considerations - Marine diesel engines generalengine principles
- Low speed and medium speed diesel engines - Constructional features – Fuels - fuel oil system -
Scavenging and turbo charging - Starting and reversing systems - controls and safety devices, governing -
Lubrication, Lubricants and lub oil systems - cooling systems-torqueand power measuremen - fuel
consumption's characteristics - engine lead tests and generalcharacteristics - Heat balance - waste heat
recovery system.
UNIT II MARINE DIESEL ENGINE SHAFTING 9 Hrs
Engine dynamics - torsional vibration of engine and shafting - axial shaft vibration - critical speed engine

138
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
rating, rating corrections, trial tests etc - Relationship of engine to the propeller classification society rules
on engine construction - Engine room arrangement and engine mounting study of different types of marine
engines available in the world market.
UNIT III MARINE BOILERS 9 Hrs
Marine boilers types - fire tube and water tube boilers - boiler arrangements - steam to steam boilers -
double evaporation boilers - exhaust gas heat exchangers - auxiliary steam plant systems - exhaust gas
boilers - composite boilers - Boiler mounting, combustion, feed system, feed water treatment, Feed pumps,
condensers, air rejecters, deaerators, boiler operation, coal fired boilers.
UNIT IV MARINE STEAM TURBINES 9 Hrs
Marine Steam turbines - Types of turbines, compounding - reheat turbines, turbine construction, rotors,
blades, casing, Gland sealing, diaphragms, nozzles, bearings, etc. Lubrication systems, expansion
arrangements, control, gearing operating procedure.
UNIT V MARINE GAS TURBINES, REFRIGERATION & AIR CONDITIONIN 9 Hrs
Marine gas turbines - fundamentals of G.T - Structure of gas turbines - gearing, operational features,
controls, gearing, combined cycles - Nuclear propulsion - physical principles of the operation of nuclear
reactors – use of nuclear propulsion on seagoing vessels. Automation of ship propulsion plants.
Maintenance requirements and reliability of propulsion plants - Air Conditioning and Refrigeration -
Definition and purpose Psychometric – psychometric properties of air-Psychometric chart – Adiabatic
saturation - Psychometric process Sensible heating and cooling - Humidification and dehumidification -
cooling and humidification - Cooling and dehumidification-heating and humidification, Heating and
dehumidification, adiabatic mixing of air streams-cooling and heating load calculation Summer and winter
air conditioning - Estimation of the state of supply air to the air conditioned space- Quantity of air supply
etc. for simple winter air conditioning systems.
TOTAL: 45 Hours

TEXT BOOK:
1. D. A. Taylor, “Introduction to Marine Engineering”, Butterworth-Heinemann publication, 2 nd
Edition, 1996.
2. A. J. Wharton, “Diesel Engines by”, Butterworth-Heinemann publication, 3 rd Edition, Reprint on
2013.
REFERENCES:
1. Harrington, “Marine Engineering”, SNAME Publications, 1992.
2. Pounder. C.C, “Marine Diesel Engines”, Newnen – Butterworths Publication, London, 8 th Edition,
2003.
3. E.A stoke “Naval Architecture (Reeds Marine Engineering and Technology Series)”, Reeds Vol 4,
Thomas Reed Publications; 4th Revised edition, 1991.

139
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

140
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Professional Electives -3

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE15 Special Electrical Machines 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester III Year / VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite - (3 Hrs)
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. To impart knowledge on reluctance motors.

2. To impart knowledge on permanent magnet brushless D.C. motors.
3. To understand the concept of permanent magnet synchronous motors.
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. Explain the construction and its characteristics of synchronous reluctance motors .
2. Illustrate the performance of Stepper motors.
3. Demonstrate the operation Switched Reluctance motors.
4. Discuss the operation of permanent magnet brushless DC motors.
5. Analyze the performance of permanent magnet synchronous motors.
6. Apply the knowledge of special electrical machines in various industries.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - - 3 2 -
CO2 3 3 - - 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 2
CO3 2 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 3 3 2 3 2
CO6 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - 3 3 2 3 3
AVER - - - - - 2.7 2.7 2.6
AGE 2.7 2.7 3 2.8 2 2.8 2.8
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT I: SYNCHRONOUS RELUCTANCE MOTORS 9 Hrs
Constructional features – Types – Axial and Radial flux motors – Operating principles – Variable
Reluctance Motors – Voltage and Torque Equations - Phasor diagram - performance characteristics.
UNIT II: STEPPER MOTORS 9 Hrs
Constructional features – Principle of operation – Variable reluctance motor – Hybrid motor – Single
and multi stack configurations – Torque equations – Modes of excitation – Characteristics – Drive
circuits – Microprocessor control of stepper motors – Closed loop control - Concept of lead angle.
UNIT III: SWITCHED RELUCTANCE MOTORS 9 Hrs
Constructional features – Rotary and Linear SRM - Principle of operation – Torque production –
Steady state performance prediction - Analytical method - Power Converters and their controllers –
Methods of Rotor position sensing – Sensor less operation – Characteristics and Closed loop control .
141
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT IV: PERMANENT MAGNET BRUSHLESS D.C. MOTORS AND PERMANENT
MAGNET SYNCHRONOUS MOTORS 9 Hrs
Permanent Magnet materials – Minor hysteresis loop and recoil line - Magnetic - Principle of
operation of PMBLDC motor – Types – EMF and torque equations – Commutation - Power Converter
Circuits and their controllers – Motor characteristics and control. Principle of operation of PMSM –
EMF and Torque equations – Armature MMF – Synchronous Reactance – Torque/speed
characteristics - Power controllers - Converter Volt-ampere requirements.
UNIT V: CASE STUDIES OF SPECIAL ELECTRICAL MACHINES 9 Hrs
Case studies on the application of variable frequency drive - Case studies on machines used in
washing machine - Case studies on the machine used in plotter - Case studies on the machine used in
motion control system.
TOTAL: 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS:
1. E.G. Janardanan, ‘Special electrical machines’, PHI learning Private Limited, Delhi, 2014
2. K.Venkataratnam, ‘Special Electrical Machines’, Universities Press (India) Private Limited,
2009.
3. T.J.E. Miller, ‘Brushless Permanent Magnet & Reluctance Motor Drives’, Clarendon Press,
Oxford, 1989.

REFERENCES:
1. R.Krishnan, ‘Switched Reluctance Motor Drives – Modeling, Simulation, Analysis, Design and
Application’, CRC Press, New York, 2001.
2. P.P. Aearnley, ‘Stepping Motors – A Guide to Motor Theory and Practice’, Peter Perengrinus
London, 1982.
3. T. Kenjo and S. Nagamori, ‘Permanent Magnet and Brushless DC Motors’, Clarendon Press,
London, 1988.
4. T. Kenjo, ‘Stepping Motors and Their Microprocessor Controls’, Clarendon Press London,
1984.

142
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE16 Electrical Power Utilization and
3 0 0 3
Illumination
Year / Semester III Year / VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course - (3 Hrs)
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Mandatory
Elective

Course Objective 1. To understand the illumination, type of lighting schemes and lamps.
2. To acquire knowledge on heating and welding process.
3. To analyze electric traction and the electrolytic process.
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. Illustrate different types of lighting schemes.
2. Demonstrate electric heating and welding.
3. Explain the performance of electric drives.
4. Explain about electric traction.
5. Illustrate the electrolytic process and energy auditing.
6. apply the knowledge of Illumination and energy auditing in the field of
electrical and electronics engineering
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Cos
CO1 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 3
CO3 2 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 2 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 3 3 - 3 - - - - 3 2 2 3 3
CO6 3 3 2 2 3 3 - - - - 2 3 2 2 2
AVERAGE 2.5 2.7 2.5 2.5 3 3 - - - - 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I : ILLUMINATION 9 Hrs

Production of light – Determination of MHCP and MSCP – Polar curves of different types of sources –
Rousseau's construction – Lighting schemes and calculations – Factory lighting – Flood lighting –
Electric lamps – Gaseous discharge – High pressure and low pressure.

UNIT II : ELECTRIC HEATING AND WELDING 9 Hrs

Resistance, Inductance and Arc furnaces – Construction and fields of application – Losses in oven and
efficiency - High Frequency - Dielectric heating – Characteristics of carbon and metallic arc welding –
butt welding – spot welding.

143
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT III : ELECTRIC DRIVES AND CONTROL 9 Hrs

Group drive – Individual drive – selection of motors – starting and running characteristics – Running
Characteristics - Mechanical features of electric motors – Drives for different industrial applications -
Choice of drives – power requirement calculation – power factor improvement.

UNIT IV : ELECTRIC TRACTION 9 Hrs

Traction system – Speed time characteristics – Series and parallel control of D.C motors - Open
circuited, shunt and bridge transitions – Tractive effort calculation – Electric braking – Tramways and
trolleybus – AC traction and recent trend in Metro rails .

UNIT V : ELECTROLYTIC PROCESSES 9 Hrs

Electrolysis – polarization factor – preparation work for Electro plating – Tanks and other equipments –
Calculation of energy requirements – Methods of charging and maintenance – Ni - iron and Ni -
cadmium batteries - Components and materials – Capacity rating of batteries. Energy Auditing –
Energy Conservation techniques for domestic and industrial applications.
Total : 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS:
1. S. Sivanagaraju, M. Balasubba Reddy, D. Srilatha, Pearson Education India,2012
2. Uppal. S.L, Electric Power, Khanna Publishers, 2009.15th Edition
3. Chakrabarti.A, Soni M. I., Gupta P. V, Textbook on Power System Engineering, Dhanpat Rai
&Co, 2008.
REFERENCES:
1. N.V. Suryanarayanan, Utilization of Electric Power, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 2001.
2. G.C. Garg, Utilization of Electric Power and Electric Traction, Khanna Publishers, 2006.
3. Utilization Of Electric Energy,E Openshaw Taylor, 12th Impression,2009,Universities Press.
4. Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric and Fuel Cell Vehicles, Mehrdad, Ehsani, Yimin Gao,
Sabastien. E. Gay, Ali Emadi- CRC Press.

144
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE17 AI and ML for Onboard ship
Automation 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester III Year & VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course - 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective The main purpose of this course is to provide the most fundamental knowledge to the
students so that they can understand how machine learning and vessel automation is
changing the maritime industry
Course Outcome After successful completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Evaluate Artificial Intelligence (AI) methods and describe their foundations.
2. Apply basic principles of AI in solutions that require problem solving, inference,
perception, knowledge representation and learning.
3. Demonstrate knowledge of reasoning and knowledge representation for solving real
world problems
4. Analyze and illustrate how search algorithms play vital role in problem solving
5. Illustrate the construction of learning and expert system
6. Discuss current scope in shipping and limitations of AI and societal implications.
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 2 2 3 3
CO6 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2 2
AVERAGE 2.83 2.83 2.50 2.33 2.00 - - - - - - 2.00 2.33 2.33 2.33
CORRELATION LEVELS 10. SLIGHT (LOW) 11. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 12. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

Unit1-Introduction to AI: History and Current Developments 9hrs

History of Artificial Intelligence -The basics of Artificial Intelligence, Artificial Neurons, Perceptrons, MLP,
Voted Perceptrons -Current developments of Artificial Intelligence: Topology, Architecture of Artificial
Neural Networks

Unit-2 Data Preprocessing and PCA(principal component analysis) 9hrs

145
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Cleaning the data • Selection of appropriate data • Preprocessing methods and data forms • Preprocessing with
Principal Components Analysis

Unit-3 Neural Networks and Families of Neural Networks 9hrs

Artificial Neural Networks (ANN) • Models of ANN • Families of ANN (Perceptrons, MLP, RNN, TLRN,
GFF, RBFN, SOFM, etc) • Creation of NN with various software: open source or not? • Problems resolving
with NN: Classification, Clustering, Prediction • Applications

Unit-4 Heuristics, Evolutionary Computation (GA), Hybrids 9hrs

Heuristics methods in computational intelligence: types, models • Evolutionary Computation: genetic

algorithms • Hybrids of heuristic models, hybrids of Artificial Neural Networks and Heuristics • Applications

Unit-5 Current Issues in Shipping and AI Solutions 9hrs

Navigation • Optimal control of ship, cargo, purchasing, costs, telecommunications, security • AI solutions in
back-office applications • AI in corporate efficiency • New trends in AI in shipping

Total: 45Hours

TEXT BOOKS:

1 S. Russell and P. Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach‖, Prentice Hall, Third Edition, 2009.

2 I. Bratko, Prolog: Programming for Artificial Intelligence‖, Fourth edition, Addison-Wesley Educational
Publishers Inc., 2011.

REFERENCES:

1. M. Tim Jones, Artificial Intelligence: A Systems Approach(Computer Science), Jones and Bartlett
Publishers, Inc.; First Edition, 2008

2. Nils J. Nilsson, The Quest for Artificial Intelligence‖, Cambridge University Press, 2009.

3. William F. Clocksin and Christopher S. Mellish, Programming in Prolog: Using the ISO Standard‖, Fifth
Edition, Springer, 2003.

146
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

4.Mikell P Groover, Automation Production Systems and Computer- Integrated Manufacturing‖ Pearson
Education, New Delhi, 2015.

147
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE18 High Voltage Engineering 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester III Year / VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite NIL (3 Hrs)
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional
Social Sciences courses Elective

√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Mandatory
Elective

Course Objective 1. To understand the various types of over voltages in power systems.
2. To acquire knowledge about generation and measurement of high voltages.
3. To explain the breakdown mechanism in dielectrics.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Classify various causes and effects of overvoltage in power system.
2. Analyze the generation of high voltages and currents.
3. Discuss the measurement of high voltages and currents.
4. Explain the concept of electrical breakdown in dielectrics.
5. Understand the construction, operations and testing of various circuit breakers
6. Apply the concepts of high voltage in marine electrical power systems
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 - 3 - - - - - - - 3 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 3.00 2.67 2.75 2.80 2.67 - - - - - 2.75 3.00 2.67 3.00 2.83
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: OVER VOLTAGES IN POWER SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Causes of over voltages and its effects on power system – Lightning, switching surges and
temporary over voltages, Corona and its effects – Reflection and Refraction of Travelling
waves- Protection against over voltages.

UNIT II : GENERATION OF HIGH VOLTAGES AND HIGH CURRENTS 9 Hrs

Generation of High DC, AC, impulse voltages and currents - Triggering and control of impulse
generators.

UNIT III : MEASUREMENT OF HIGH VOLTAGES AND HIGH CURRENTS 9 Hrs

148
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
High Resistance with series ammeter – Dividers, Resistance, Capacitance and Mixed dividers -
Peak Voltmeter, Generating Voltmeters - Capacitance Voltage Transformers, Electrostatic
Voltmeters – Sphere Gaps - High current shunts- Digital techniques in high voltage
measurement.

UNIT IV : ELECTRICAL BREAKDOWN IN GASES, SOLIDS AND LIQUIDS 9 Hrs

Gaseous breakdown in uniform and non-uniform fields – Corona discharges – Vacuum

breakdown – Conduction and breakdown in pure and commercial liquids - Breakdown
mechanisms in solid and composite dielectrics.

UNIT V : HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCH GEAR TESTING 9 Hrs

Study the construction and operation of ACB, VCB, and SF6 circuit breaker - Testing of VCB,
ACB & SF6 breakers under over voltage & under voltage fault conditions. Construction of High
voltage Generation onboard - Separation of high and low voltage distribution system.

Total : 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS :

1. M. S. Naidu and V. Kamaraju, ‘High Voltage Engineering’, Tata McGraw Hill,3rd Edition,
2013
2. C.L. Wadhwa, High Voltage Engineering, New Age International (P) Limited, 2 nd Edition,
2007

REFERENCES :

1. E. Kuffel and W. S. Zaengel, ‘High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals’, Pergamon

Press,Oxford, London, 1986.
2. E. Kuffel and M. Abdullah, ‘High Voltage Engineering’, Pergamon Press, Oxford, 1970.
3. L. L. Alston, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, First Indian Edition, 2006.

149
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE19 Neuro Fuzzy and Genetic
3 0 0 3
Programming
Year / Semester III Year / VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite NIL ( 3Hrs )
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Mandatory
Elective

Course Objective 1. To provide the concepts of Neural Networks, Fuzzy Systems and Genetic
Algorithms and its applications.
2. To impart knowledge about soft computing techniques
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. Outline the fundamentals of Neural Networks
2. Explain various topologies and learning algorithms of ANN
3. Illustrate the fundamentals of Fuzzy Logic
4. Demonstrate Fuzzy Rule based systems
5. Explain the concepts of Genetic Algorithms
6. Apply the knowledge of Neural network, Fuzzy logic and genetic algorithm
in the field of electrical and electronics engineering
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 2 3 3 2 3 - - - - - 3 3 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 2 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 3 3 2 3 - - - - 3 3 2 3 3
CO6 3 3 2 2 3 3 - - - - 2 2 2 2 2
AVERAGE 2.5 2.7 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 - - - - 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: FUNDAMENTALS OF ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS AND SIMPLE

MODELS 9 Hrs

Biological and Artificial Neuron, History of ANN, ANN architectures and Learning Algorithms,
Activation Functions, Bias Threshold and other parameters, McCullosh Pitts model, Simulation of
Logic Functions, Perceptron Network, Hebbian network, Linear Separability problem and solutions,
ADALINE and MADALINE networks, Practice of Neural Network tool : Simple Logic functions,
XOR problem.

150
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT II: FEEDFORWARD NETWORK, PATTERN ASSOCIATION, UNSUPERVISED
LEARNING 9 Hrs

Delta Rule, Derivation of GDR, Back propagation Algorithm, Local Minima Problem, Radial Basis
Function, Pattern Association, Auto Associative nets, Hetero Associative nets, Bidirectional
Associative Memory, Hopfield network, Competitive networks: Maxnet, SOM, Learning Vector
Quantization, Adaptive Resonance Theory, Practice of Neural Network tool : Delta rule, Associative
memory, LVQ

UNIT III: FUNDAMENTALS OF FUZZY LOGIC 9 Hrs

Crisp sets, Fuzzy sets, Fuzzy membership functions, Operations of Fuzzy sets, Fuzzy Relations,
Operations, Fuzzy Extension Principle, Crisp Relations, Fuzzy relations, Properties, operations, Crisp
Logic, Propositional Logic, Predicate Logic Rules of Inference, Fuzzy Truth, Fuzzy Rules,, Fuzzy
Reasoning, Practice of Fuzzy Logic tool: Fuzzy functions, operations.

UNIT IV: FUZZY RULE BASED AND INFERENCESYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Fuzzification of Input Variables, Application of Fuzzy operations, Evaluation of Fuzzy rules,

Aggregation of output Fuzzy sets, Rule based systems, Conventional programs vs Rule based
systems, Fuzzy Propositions, Fuzzification and Defuzzification, Fuzzy Controller : Air conditioner
control, Cruise Controller, Fuzzy Decision making, Practice of Fuzzy Logic tool : Fuzzy controller
design and applications

UNIT V: CONCEPTS AND TECHNIQUES OF GENETIC ALGORITHMS 9 Hrs

History of Evolutionary Computing, Genetic Algorithms, basic Concepts, GA Cycle , Fitness

Function, Introduction to GA Operators, Selection Operators, Crossover, Mutation Operations,
Schema Theorem, Example, Classification of Genetic Algorithm, Holland Classifier Systems,
Genetic Programming, Data Representation, Application of Genetic Algorithm, Genetic Operators
Total Hours : 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Samir Roy, Udit Chakraborty, “Introduction to Soft Computing: Neuro-Fuzzy and Genetic
Algorithms”, Pearson Education, 2013
2. B.K.Tripathy, J.Anuradha,” Soft Computing”, Cengage Learning, 2015
3. Laurene Fausett, "Fundamentals of Neural Networks, Architectures, Algorithms and
Applications”, Pearson Education, 2008

REFERENCES:
1. Timothy J. Ross , “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, McGraw-Hill International
Editions,1995.
2. David E. Goldberg, “Genetic Algorithms-In Search, optimization and Machine Learning”,
Pearson Education.
3. S.N.Sivanadam, S.N.Deepa, ”Principles of Soft Computing, Wiley India Edition, 2007

151
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE20 Process control and Marine Automation 3
0 0 3
Year and Semester III Year (VI Semester) Contact hours per week
( 3Hrs )
Prerequisite course NIL
Course category Humanities and Social Management courses Professional Core Professional Elective
Sciences

√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. Understand knowledge on advanced control techniques used onboard ships
2. Be informed of measuring and control equipments
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Explain the concepts of Marine Engine starting systems
2. Describe the operation of integrated engine control systems
3. Illustrate the operation of various Marine navigation systems
4. Demonstrate Mobile satellite services and RADAR in onboard ships.
5. Demonstrate the operation of various Marine navigation systems
6. Apply the concept of automation techniques in Marine Engineering field.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 - 3 - - - - - - - - 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - 2 3 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 3 3 3 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 3.00 2.67 2.75 2.60 2.50 - - - - - 3.00 2.75 3.00 2.50 2.50
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT- I INTRODUCTION TO PROCESS CONTROL AND MARINE AUTOMATION 9 Hrs

Need for process control – Interacting and non – interacting systems – Continuous and batch process – Servo
and regulator operation – Introduction to different Marine Engine Starting – systems –Gyroscope, autopilot,
steering gear working principle – types of steering.

UNIT –II MARINE ENGINE ALARM SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Introduction to Engine alarm system-Engine alarm systems, extension alarm system, fire & CO2 alarm
152
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
system, integrated engine room control – Turbine speed control.

UNIT-III PLC&SCADA SYSTEM IN SHIPS 9 Hrs

Block diagram – I/O modules – operation of PLC – features & applications – Communications –Basic relay
operations – timers – counters – arithmetic & logical operations – bit operations – subroutines – ON/OFF
control – PID control – Alarms – Introduction to SCADA systems – Marine Applications.

UNIT-IV MARITIME MOBILE SATELLITE SERVICE 9Hrs

Basic Knowledge of Satellite Communication – Inmarsat – Types of stations in Maritime Mobile Satellite
Services – VHF Radio Installations – MFIHF radio installation frequencies – Sources of Energy –
Batteries – Survival craft radio equipment – SART – EPIRB – VHF – DSC – EPIRB – COSPAS –
SARSAT.

UNIT-V ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION SYSTEMS 9Hrs

Electronic Charts Display and Information System – Echo sounders and Speed measurement – Speedlog
– Types of Speedlog – Error sources on the various types of logs – Calibrations of the log – Global
Positioning System – DGPS – Gyro Compass – Automatic Pilot – RADAR – Various types of RADAR.
Total Hours : 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS:
1. L.Tetley & D.Calcutt ,“Electronic Navigation system”- Butterworth-Heinemann publication, 2001.
2. Capt.A.G.Bhatia “ModernElectronic NavigationAid”, Latha Publications,12th Edition,2015.
3. Mike Harris, “Communication at Sea”, Sheridan House publication, 2003.

REFERENCES:
1. N.S.Nagaraja ,“Elements of Electronic Navigation”, McGraw Hill Education, 2nd edition, 2004.
2. EdrichFernandas , “Advanced Electronic Navigation”, Pro Navigator book publishers , 1999.
3. “GMDSS Manual” published by International Maritime Organization, 2011.

153
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Professional Electives - 4
PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE22 Embedded System Design 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester IV Year / VII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course - (3 Hrs)
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. To understand basic of Embedded system and its Networking

2.To analyze and design the RTOS and applications.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Explain the basic concepts of Embedded system
2. Demonstrate the principles of Embedded Networking.
3. Construct the models for Embedded firmware
4. Design embedded system in Real Time Operating System
5. Develop embedded controllers for real time applications.
6. Apply the knowledge of embedded system in engineering applications.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 - -
CO2 2 3 2 - 3 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 3 2 2 2
CO6 2 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3 2 3 2 2
AVERAGE 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.75 3.00 2.50 - - - - 2.50 2.60 2.50 2.20 2.20
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Introduction to Embedded Systems – The build process for embedded systems- Structural units in
Embedded processor, selection of processor & memory devices- DMA – Memory management
methods- Timer and Counting devices, Watchdog Timer, Real Time Clock, In circuit emulator, Target
Hardware Debugging.

UNIT II: EMBEDDED NETWORKING 9 Hrs

Embedded Networking – Introduction – I/O Device Ports & Buses – Serial Bus communication
protocols – RS232 standard – RS422 – RS485 – CAN Bus -Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) –Inter
Integrated Circuits (I2C) – need for device drivers.

154
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

UNIT III : EMBEDDED FIRMWARE DEVELOPMENT ENVIRONMENT 9 Hrs

Embedded Product Development Life Cycle – objectives – different phases of EDLC – Modeling of
EDLC – issues in Hardware-software Co-design – Data Flow Graph – state machine model,
Sequential Program Model – concurrent Model – object-oriented Model.

UNIT IV : RTOS BASED EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN 9 Hrs

Introduction to basic concepts of RTOS- Task, process & threads, interrupt routines in RTOS –
Multiprocessing and Multitasking – Preemptive and non-preemptive scheduling – Task
communication shared memory – message passing –– semaphores, Mailbox, pipes, priority inversion.

UNIT V : EMBEDDED SYSTEM APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 9 Hrs

Mini project on: Solar Mobile Phone Charger Circuit - Interfacing PIR Sensor with PIC
Microcontroller - Interfacing Ultrasonic Sensor HC-SR04 with PIC Microcontroller - Interfacing
Stepper motor with PIC Microcontroller using Keil simulator - Interfacing Arduino with MATLAB -
Blinking LED - Arduino Metal Detector

TOTAL: 45 Hours.
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Rajkamal, Embedded System - Architecture, Programming, Design, McGraw Hill,2013.

2. Peckol, Embedded system Design, John Wiley & Sons,2010
3. Lyla B Das, Embedded Systems - An Integrated Approach, Pearson, 2013

REFERENCES:

1. Shibu. K.V, Introduction to Embedded Systems, Tata Mcgraw Hill,2009.

2. Elicia White, Making Embedded Systems, O‘ Reilly Series,SPD,2011.
3. Tammy Noergaard, Embedded Systems Architecture, Elsevier, 2006.
4. Han-Way Huang, Embedded system Design Using C8051, Cengage Learning,2009.
5. Rajib Mall, Real-Time systems Theory and Practice‖ Pearson Education, 2007

155
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE23 Robotics and Automation 3 0 0 3
Year /Semester IV Year / VII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course - (3 Hrs)
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional
Social Sciences courses Elective

√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. To impart knowledge on various parts of Robots and fields of Robotics.
2. To understand the control of robots for some specific applications.
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. Outline the fundamentals of robotics
2. Explain about power sources and sensors in robotics.
3. Demonstrate manipulators, actuators and grippers.
4. Explain on the trajectory planning for Robots.
5. Design a robot for a typical application.
6. Apply the knowledge of Robotics in Industries.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 2 - 2 - - - - - - 3 3 2 -
CO2 2 3 2 2 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 2 2 2
CO3 3 2 2 2 3 2 - - 3 - 2 3 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 3 2 2 - 2 - 2 - 2 2 2 2 2
CO5 3 2 2 3 3 - 2 - 2 - 3 3 2 3 3
CO6 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 - 3 - 3 2 3 3 2
AVERAGE 2.5 2.5 2.3 2.4 2.7 2 2 - 2.5 - 2.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.4
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I : BASIC CONCEPTS 9 Hrs

Definition and origin of robotics – different types of robotics – various generations of robots –
degrees of freedom – Asimov’s laws of robotics – dynamic stabilization of robots.

UNIT II : POWER SOURCES AND SENSORS 9 Hrs

Hydraulic, pneumatic and electric drives – determination of HP of motor and gearing ratio – variable
speed arrangements – path determination – micro machines in robotics – machine vision – ranging –
laser – acoustic – magnetic, fiber optic and tactile sensors.

UNIT III : MANIPULATORS, ACTUATORS AND GRIPPERS 9 Hrs

Construction of manipulators – manipulator dynamics and force control – electronic and pneumatic
manipulator control circuits – end effectors – U various types of grippers – design considerations.

156
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT IV : KINEMATICS AND PATH PLANNING 9 Hrs

Solution of inverse kinematics problem – multiple solution jacobian work envelop – hill climbing
techniques – robot programming languages.

UNIT V : CASE STUDIES 9 Hrs

Mutiple robots – machine interface – robots in manufacturing and non- manufacturing applications –
robot cell design – selection of robot.

TOTAL : 45 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mikell P. Weiss G.M., Nagel R.N., Odraj N.G., Industrial Robotics, McGraw-Hill
Singapore, 1996.
2. Ghosh, Control in Robotics and Automation: Sensor Based Integration, Allied Publishers,
Chennai, 1998

REFERENCES:
1. Deb.S.R., Robotics technology and flexible Automation, John Wiley, USA 1992.
2. Asfahl C.R., Robots and manufacturing Automation, John Wiley, USA 1992.
3. Klafter R.D., Chimielewski T.A., Negin M., Robotic Engineering – An integrated
approach, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1994.
4. Mc Kerrow P.J. Introduction to Robotics, Addison Wesley, USA, 1991.
5. Issac Asimov I Robot, Ballantine Books, New York, 1986.

157
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE24 Industry 4.0 3 0 0 3
Year and III Year & VII Semester Contact hours per week
Semester 3 Hrs
Prerequisite -
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective The main objectives of this course are to:

1. Introduce the basic concepts of Industry 4.0, Artificial Intelligence, Big Data and
Internet of Things.
2. Learn the applications and tools of Industry 4.0
Course Outcome After successful completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Illustrate the basic concepts of Industry 4.0
2. Outline the features of Artificial Intelligence
3. Summarize the Big data domain stack and Internet of Things
4. Identify the applications and Tools of Industry 4.0
5. Analyze the skills required for future
6. Apply the concept of AI, Big data and IOT
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - - 2 2 3 3
CO6 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2 2
AVERAGE 3 2.83 2.50 2.33 2.00 - - - - - - 2.00 2.33 2.33 2.33
CORRELATION LEVELS 13. SLIGHT (LOW) 14. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 15. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT I:Introduction to Industry 4.0 9 Hrs
Need – Reason for Adopting Industry 4.0 - Definition – Goals and Design Principles - Technologies of
Industry 4.0 – Big Data – Artificial Intelligence (AI) – Industrial Internet of Things - Cyber Security – Cloud –
Augmented Reality.

UNIT III: Artificial Intelligence 9 Hrs

Artificial Intelligence: Artificial Intelligence (AI) – What & Why? - History of AI - Foundations of AI -The AI
- Environment - Societal Influences of AI - Application Domains and Tools - Associated Technologies of AI -
Future Prospects of AI - Challenges of AI.

UNIT III: Big Data and IOT 9 Hrs

158
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Big Data Definitions - Essential of Big Data in Industry 4.0 - Big Data Processing Frameworks - Big Data
Applications - Big Data Tools - Big Data Domain Stack: Big Data in Data Science - Big Data in IoT - Big
Data in Machine Learning - Big Data in Databases - Big Data for Industry - Big Data Roles and Skills; Internet
of Things (IoT): Introduction to IoT - Architecture of IoT - Technologies for IoT - Developing IoT
Applications - Applications of IoT - Security in IoT.

UNIT IV: Advances in Robotics in the Era of Industry 4.0 9 Hrs

Recent Technological Components of Robots- Advanced Sensor Technologies, Internet of Robotic Things,
Cloud Robotics, and Cognitive Architecture for Cyber-Physical Robotics, Industrial Robotic Applications-
Manufacturing, Maintenance and Assembly.

UNIT V: Applications and Tools of Industry 4.0 9 Hrs

Applications of IoT – Manufacturing – Healthcare – Education – Aerospace and Defence – Agriculture –
Transportation and Logistics – Impact of Industry 4.0 on Society: Impact on Business, Government, People.
Tools for Artificial Intelligence, Big Data and Data Analytics, Virtual Reality, Augmented Reality, IoT,
Robotics.

Total: 45 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Alasdair Gilchrist. Industry 4.0: The Industrial Internet of Things, Apress Publications
2. P. Kaliraj, T. Devi, Higher Education for Industry 4.0 and Transformation to Education 5.0
REFERENCES:

1. Alp Ustundag and Emre Cevikcan,”Industry 4.0: Managing the Digital transformation”.
2. Bartodziej, Christoph Jan,”The Concept Industry 4.0”.
3. Klaus Schwab,”The Fourth Industrial Revolution”.
4. Christian Schröder ,”The Challenges of Industry 4.0 for Small and Medium-sized Enterprises”.
Related Online Contents [MOOC, SWAYAM, NPTEL, Websites etc.]
1. Introduction to Industry 4.0 and Industrial Internet of Things by Prof.SudipMisra, IIT Kharagpur.

159
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE25 Wireless Sensor Networks 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester IV Year / VII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL ( 3 Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. Obtain a broad understanding about the network architecture of wireless
sensor network.
2. Understand all basic characteristics of wireless sensor networks and
sensor nodes.
Course Outcome After successful completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Understand the principle of sensor nodes, network development and
architectures.
2. Compare the performance of different routine and MAC protocols.
3. Identify the design issues in wireless sensor networks and data gathering
protocols
4. Demonstrate the embedded operating systems for wireless sensor
networks
5. Discriminate the application of wireless sensor networks
6. Examine the basic design and network architecture and MAC protocols.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 3 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 1 3 2 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3
AVERAGE 3.0 2.83 3.0 2.67 2.17 2.0 2.5 2.17 2.67 2.17 2.0 1.83 3.0 2.5 2.83
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I : CHARACTERISTICS OF WSN 9 Hrs

Characteristic requirements for WSN - Challenges for WSNs – WSN vs Adhoc Networks - Sensor
node architecture – Commercially available sensor nodes -Physical layer and transceiver design
considerations in WSNs, Energy usage profile, Choice of modulation scheme.

UNIT II : MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL PROTOCOLS 9 Hrs

Fundamentals of MAC protocols - Low duty cycle protocols and wakeup concepts - Contention based
protocols - Schedule-based protocols - SMAC - BMAC - Traffic-adaptive medium access protocol
(TRAMA) - The IEEE 802.15.4 MAC protocol.

160
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT III : ROUTING AND DATA GATHERING PROTOCOLS 9 Hrs

Routing Challenges and Design Issues in Wireless Sensor Networks, Flooding and gossiping – Data
centric Routing – SPIN – Directed Diffusion – Energy aware routing - Gradient-based routing - Rumor
Routing – COUGAR – ACQUIRE – Hierarchical Routing - LEACH, PEGASIS – Location Based
Routing – GF, GAF, GEAR, GPSR – Real Time routing Protocols – TEEN, APTEEN, SPEED, RAP.

UNIT IV : EMBEDDED OPERATING SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Operating Systems for Wireless Sensor Networks – Introduction - Operating System Design Issues -
Examples of Operating Systems – TinyOS – Mate – MagnetOS – MANTIS - OSPM - EYES OS –
SenOS – EMERALDS – PicOS –

UNIT V : APPLICATIONS OF WSN 9 Hrs

WSN Applications - Home Control - Building Automation - Industrial Automation - Medical

Applications - Reconfigurable Sensor Networks - Highway Monitoring - Military Applications - Civil
and Environmental Engineering Applications.
TOTAL HOURS: 45 Hrs

TEXT BOOKS:

1.Kazem Sohraby, Daniel Minoli and TaiebZnati, “Wireless Sensor Networks Technology, Protocols,
and Applications “, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.
2. Holger Karl and Andreas Willig, “Protocols and Architectures for Wireless Sensor Networks”, John
Wiley & Sons, Ltd, 2005.

REFERENCES:

1.K. Akkaya and M. Younis, “A survey of routing protocols in wireless sensor networks”, Elsevier Ad
Hoc Network Journal, Vol. 3, no. 3, pp. 325—349
2.Philip Levis, “ TinyOS Programming”
3.Anna Ha´c, “Wireless Sensor Network Designs”, John Wiley & Sons Ltd,

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE26 Distributed Computer Control
3 0 0 3
Systems
Year / Semester IV Year / VII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL ( 3 Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science
161
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Course Objective 1. To provide an introductory knowledge on Programmable Logic Controller (PLC).

2. To impart adequate knowledge about applications of PLC.
3. To understand the concept of distributed control system.
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. Illustrate basics of PLC.
2. Demonstrate the applications of PLC with case studies.
3. Explain the blocks of SCADA.
4. Discuss various distributed control systems.
5. Illustrate the factors to be considered in selecting DCS for industrial applications.
6. Apply the knowledge of Distributed Computer Control in marine engineering
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 3 2 3 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - - - 3 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - 2 - 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 2 3 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.83 2.83 2.50 2.83 2.50 - - - - - 2 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50
CORRELATION LEVELS 4. SLIGHT (LOW) 5. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 6. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT I: PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC 9 Hrs
Evolution of PLCs – Components of PLC – Architecture of PLC – Discrete and analog I/O modules –
Programming languages -Ladder diagram – Function block diagram (FBD) – Programming timers and
counters
UNIT II: APPLICATIONS OF PLC 9 Hrs
Instructions in PLC – Program control instructions, math instructions, data manipulation Instructions,
sequencer and shift register instructions – Case studies in PLC
UNIT III: COMPUTER CONTROLLED SYSTEMS 9 Hrs
Basic building blocks of computer - controlled systems – Data acquisition system – Supervisory
control – Direct digital control- SCADA: - Hardware and software, Remote terminal units, Master
Station and Communication architectures.
UNIT IV: DISTRIBUTED CONTROL SYSTEM 9 Hrs
DCS – Various Architectures – Comparison – Local control unit – Process interfacing issues –
Communication facilities
UNIT V: INDUSTRIAL CONTROL AND APPLICATIONS 9 Hrs
Bus-based machines – Programming for real time control – Maintenance and fault finding –
Engineering interfaces – Low level and high-level engineering interfaces – Factors to be considered in
selecting DCS – Case studies in DCS.
TOTAL:45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS:
1. F.D. Petruzella, Programmable Logic Controllers, Tata Mc-Graw Hill, Third edition, 2010
2. Michael P. Lukas, Distributed Control Systems: Their Evaluation and Design, Van Nostrand

162
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Reinhold Co., 1986
3. D. Popovic and V.P.Bhatkar,’ Distributed computer control for industrial Automation’ Marcel
Dekker, Inc., Newyork ,1990.

REFERENCES :
1. T.A. Hughes, Programmable Controllers, Fourth edition, ISA press, 2005
2. Krishna Kant, Computer Based Industrial Control, Second edition, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2010.
3. John W. Webb and Ronald A. Reis, ‘Programmable Logic Controllers, Fifth edition, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi, 2010.
4. John R. Hackworth and Frederick D. Hackworth Jr, Programmable Logic Controllers, Pearson,
New Delhi, 2004.
5. Clarke, G., Reynders, D. and Wright, E., “Practical Modern SCADA Protocols: DNP3,4.
60870.5 and Related Systems”, Newnes, 1st Edition, 2004.

6. E.A.Parr, Programmable Controllers, An Engineer’s Guide, Elsevier, 2013.

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE27 Marine Engineering – II 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester IV Year / VII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Nil ( 3Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

163
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To impart knowledge in the structural components of ships

2. To understand about the marine thermal system and marine pumps and valve
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. 1. Classify various types of Pumps, Pipes and valves in marine applications.
2. 2. Explain marine thermal and its Auxiliary systems.
3. 3. Demonstrate the structural components of ships.
4. 4. Illustrate the operations of power propulsion and transmission
5. 5. Contrast the different coolants of refrigeration and its role in marine
6. 6. Apply the knowledge of marine system components while deciding the power
requirements in ships
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 3
CO3 2 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 3 3 3 3
CO5 2 2 3 3 - 3 - - - - 3 2 3 3 3
CO6 3 3 2 2 3 3 - - - - 2 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.50 2.67 2.50 2.50 3.00 3.00 - - - - 2.33 2.67 3.00 3.00 3.00
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I: MARINE PUMPS, PIPES AND VALVES 9 Hrs

Marine and special duty pumps – Details of pumps for marine purpose viz. condenser circulating pumps.
Condensate and drain pumps, boiler feed pumps, bilge and ballast pumps, rotary pumps – ejectors – purpose
of ejectors – details of construction – Marine piping – various types of piping system fitted in ships –
Expansion arrangements for pipes, valves, types used in Marine Practice – Materials and corrosion in pipes
– color codes for pipes.
UNIT II: MARINE THERMAL SYSTEM 9 Hrs
Aux systems – Air compressors, boilers, heat exchangers, cooling, evaporators, distillers – waste heat
recovery systems – hot water, drinking water, cooling water and sea water systems – Fuelsystems –
lubricating oil system – filters, coolers, centrifuges and clarities – Bilge and Ballastsystems – sewage
disposal, Oily water separator, incinerator, galley Equipments.
UNIT III: STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS OF SHIPS 9 Hrs
Deck machine and hull equipment – mooring – anchor handling – cargo handling – dry Cargo handling
equipment – winches, cranes, Cargo gears – patent hatch covers, bulk heads, liquid cargo, tanker cargo, pipe
layout systems – loading – unloading – ventilation and cleaning of tankers – L.S.A. Boats & rafts,

164
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
emergency equipment – water tight doors, stabilizers and bowthruster.
UNIT IV: POWER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM 9 Hrs
Steering gears in marine use – different types – description – construction, operation and maintenance –
Shafting arrangements – stern tubes and glands – oil – Lubricated stern tubes – shaft seals shaft alignment –
Thrust block – reduction gearing – Propulsion – types for marine propulsion – constructional details –
fixing, maintenance and operation – stabilizers – Engine room cranes, chain blocks – tackles – Anchors,
anchor cables.
UNIT V: MARINE REFRIGERATION 9Hrs
Safety systems – firefighting equipments – Instrumentation & Control, watch keeping systems – UMS
classes – Air Compressors, heat exchanger, Refrigeration, definition and purpose – Principle of operation of
Simple vapor compression system – Representation on t-s and p-h charts – Estimation of co-efficient of
performance and refrigerant flow rate – Factors affecting coefficient of performance – Absorption
refrigeration system – Comparison with vapor compression system – Principle of operation of vapor
absorption system like aqua ammonia system, Electrolux system, Lithium bromide absorption refrigeration
system etc. –Steam jet refrigeration system working and principle – Refrigerants – Classification and
designation – properties and requirements – Important refrigerants like NH3, CO2, Methyl chloride,
Methylene chloride, Freon‘s etc. – Factors influencing selection of refrigerants – Secondary refrigerants.
TOTAL : 45 Hours.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Albert Edward Tompkins, “Marine engineering by Tompkins”, Wentworth Press publisher, 2016.
2. M. G. khetagurov, “Marine Auxiliary Machinery and systems”, Honolulu, Hawaii : University
Press of the Pacific, 9th Edition 2004.
REFERENCES:
1. Harrington, “Marine Engineering”, SNAME Publications, 1992.
2. Pounder. C.C, “Marine Diesel Engines”, Newnen – Butterworths Publication, London, 8 th
Edition, 2003
3. D. A. Taylor, “Introduction to Marine Engineering”, Butterworth-Heinemann publication, 2 nd
Edition, 1996.
4. E.A stoke “Naval Architecture (Reeds Marine Engineering and Technology Series)”, Reeds Vol
4, Thomas Reed Publications; 4th Revised edition, 1991.

165
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Professional Electives - 5
PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE29 Power Electronics for Renewable
Energy Systems 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester IV Year / VIII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course - ( 3 Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. Equip with required skills to derive the criteria for the design of power
converters for renewable energy applications
2. Design different power converters namely AC to DC, DC to DC and AC to
AC converters for renewable energy systems.
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. Outline the use of Power electronics for generation of power from renewable
energy sources.
2. Illustrate the electrical machines used for energy conversion .
3. Explain the power converters used for the power conversion .
4. Compare PV and wind energy system.
5. Design PV/WECS using matlab/ EMTP.
6. Apply the renewable resources in marine fields .
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 2 2
CO2 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 3
CO4 3 3 2 - 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 3 2 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - 3 3 2 2 -
AVERAGE 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.3 2.8 - - - - - 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.2 2.4
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs

Environmental aspects of electric energy conversion: impacts of renewable energy generation

on environment (cost-GHG Emission) – Qualitative study of different renewable energy resources
ocean, Biomass, Hydrogen energy systems : operating principles and characteristics of: Solar PV, Fuel
cells, wind electrical systems-control strategy, operating area.

UNIT II : ELECTRICAL MACHINES FOR RENEWABLE ENERGY CONVERSION 9 Hrs

Review of reference theory fundamentals-principle of operation and analysis: IG, PMSG, SCIG and
DFIG.

166
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT III : POWER CONVERTERS 9 Hrs

Solar: Block diagram of solar photo voltaic system: line commutated converters (inversion - mode) –
Boost and buck-boost converters - selection of inverter, battery sizing, array sizing. Wind: three phase
AC voltage controllers - AC-DC-AC converters: uncontrolled rectifiers, PWM Inverters, Grid Interactive
Inverters - matrix converters.

UNIT IV : ANALYSIS OF WIND AND PV SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Stand alone operation of fixed and variable speed wind energy conversion systems and solar system-Grid
connection Issues - Grid integrated PMSG and SCIG Based WECS - Grid Integrated solar system.

UNIT V : CASE STUDIES ON HYBRID RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Need for Hybrid Systems - Range and type of Hybrid systems - Case studies of Wind – PV - Maximum
Power Point Tracking (MPPT) using EMTP / MATLAB.

TOTAL: 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS:

1. S.N.Bhadra, D. Kastha, & S. Banerjee “Wind Electricaal Systems”, Oxford University Press,
2009
2. P.S.Bimbra “Power Electronics” Khanna Publishers, 2012.
3. Rai. G.D, “Non conventional energy sources”, Khanna publishes, 1993.

REFERENCES:

1. Rai. G.D,” Solar energy utilization”, Khanna publishes, 1993.

2. Gray, L. Johnson, “Wind energy system”, prentice hall linc, 1995.

3. Non-conventional Energy sources B.H.Khan Tata McGraw-hill Publishing Company, New

Delhi. 2016.

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE30 Power System Operation and Control
3 0 0 3
Year /Semester IV Year /VIII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL (3 Hrs)
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

167
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Course Objective 1. To gain knowledge in the operation and control of power systems
2. To learn the modern computer control in power systems
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. outline the modeling of single area and multi area power system
2.Explain the reactive power control in power system
3. Illustrate the economical operation of power system
4. Demonstrate Unit commitment and optimal power flow
5. Illustrate the computer control of power system
6. Apply the knowledge of operation and control in power system
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 3
CO4 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 2
CO5 2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 - - - - - 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.4 2.6
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I : REAL POWER FREQUENCY CONTROL 9 Hrs

Basic concepts of operation and control of power system, Plant and system level control , Modeling of
speed governing mechanisms Speed load characteristics- regulation of two alternators in parallel ,
Control area concept- single area frequency control-modeling , Steady state and dynamic response of
single area system- state space model for single area, Two area frequency control modeling-
proportional plus integral controllers- block diagram representation, Static and dynamic response of
two area system- Economic dispatch added to LFC control.

UNIT II : REACTIVE POWER CONTROL 9 Hrs

Production and absorption of reactive power, Types of Excitation systems (DC, AC, Static and
brushless) – mathematical model of IEEE type I, Methods of voltage control (shunt reactors, shunt
capacitors, synchronous condensers, static var systems, tap changing transformers), Load compensation.

UNIT III : ECONOMIC OPERATION OF POWER SYSTEM 9 Hrs

Optimal operation of Generators in Thermal Power Stations – heat rate Curve – Cost Curve,
Incremental fuel and Production costs, input-output characteristics, Optimum generation allocation with
line losses neglected , Optimum generation allocation including the effect of transmission line losses –
Loss Coefficients, General transmission line loss formula, Base point and participation factors ,
Classical economic dispatch by gradient method, Concept of Security constrained economic dispatch by
linear programming.

UNIT IV : UNIT COMMITMENT AND OPTIMAL POWER FLOW 9 Hrs

Statement of unit commitment- constraints, Priority method (quantitative analysis), Dynamic

168
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
programming (quantitative analysis), Lagrange relaxation method (qualitative analysis), OPF problem
formulations, Newton’s method of OPF neglecting security constraints.

UNIT V : COMPUTER CONTROL OF POWER SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Concept of energy control center- monitoring, data acquisition and control, SCADA and EMS
configurations, PLC architecture and communication links, Operating strategies, state transition
diagram, State estimation by weighted least square method, Introduction to phasor measurement units,
Integration, control and operation of distributed generation

Total hours :45 Hrs

TEXT BOOKS :

1. Olle.I.Elgerd, “Electric Energy systems theory- An Introduction”, Tata Mc Graw Hill publishing
Ltd, New Delhi, 2008
2. I.J.Nagrath and D.P.Kothari, “Power system engineering’’, 2ndedition, Tata Mc Graw Hill
publishing Ltd, 2008.
3. John J.Grainger, William D. Stevenson, “Power system analysis’’, McGraw Hill series, 1994

REFERENCES :

1. Prabha Kundur, “Power system stability and control”, Tata Mc Graw Hill publishing Ltd, New
Delhi, 5threprint, 2008.
2. Allen J.Wood and Bruce F. Woollenburg, “Power generation, operation and control”, 2ndedition,
John Wiley and sons, 1996.
3. M.E. El-Hawary, G.S. Christensen, “Optimal Economic Operation of Electric Power Systems”,
Academic Press (1979)
4. E. Mariani, S.S. Murthy, “Control of Modern Integrated Power Systems”, Springer, 1997

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE31 Energy Audit and Regulations 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester IV Year / VIII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL (3 Hrs)
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
169
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To demonstrate the indian energy audit policies and various methods.
2. To understand the procedure of the energy audit methods.
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. Illustrate the energy management methods.
2. Explain the structure, economical operation and reactive power control of power system.
3. Explain load scheduling, energy conversion and lighting system.
4. Illustrate Indian energy policies.
5. Demonstrate functions of Energy audit.
6.Apply the knowledge of Energy Audit and Regulations in real time applications.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 - 2 2 -
CO3 2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - 2 2 3 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.5 2.7 2.7 2.8 2.5 2.5 - - - - 2 2 2.3 2.5 2.4
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs

Energy Scenario, Role of Energy managers in Industries - Energy monitoring and auditing - objectives of
Energy Audit, Principles of energy management - Strategy of Energy Audit - Instruments for energy audit -
Energy audit of Electrical System, HVAC, Buildings, Economic analysis.

UNIT II : ELECTRICAL ENERGY SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Overall structure of electrical systems - Supply and demand side - Economic Operation - Input-output curves
- Load Sharing-Industrial Distribution - Load Profiling - Electricity tariff types and calculation - Reactive
Power - Power Factor - Capacitor Sizing - Capacitor losses, location, placement and maintenance - Case
studies.

UNIT III : EFFICIENCY IN MOTOR AND LIGHTING SYSTEM 9 Hrs

Load scheduling/shifting, Motor drives - motor efficiency testing, energy efficient motors, and motor speed
control - Energy conservation equipments: Soft starters, Power factor controller, Automatic star-delta
converter, Variable Frequency Drives.
Lighting - Basic terms used in Lighting System(Illumination) - Energy conservation techniques in Lighting
system: Replacing lamp sources, Energy efficient luminaries, Light control gears/circuits - Installation of
exclusive transformer/servo stabilizer for lighting.

UNIT IV : ENERGY POLICIES 9 Hrs

Energy policies of India - Supply focus approach and its limitations - Energy policies of India - Supply focus
approach and its limitations - Energy paradigms - DEFENDUS approach - End use orientation - Energy
170
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
policies and development - Case studies on the effect of Central and State policies on the consumption and
wastage of energy - Critical analysis - Need for renewable energy policies in India.

UNIT V : CASE STUDY 9 Hrs

A Practical / case study of energy audit in Residential / Commercial / Institution premises or buildings.

Total : 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS :
1. J. Goldemberg, T. B. Johansson, A. K. N. Reddy and R. H. Williams: Energy for Sustainable
World, Wiley Eastern,1990.
2. IEEE Bronze Book: Energy Auditing, IEEE Publications,1996
3. Annual Energy Planning Reports of CMIE, Govt. of. India.
4. Amlan Chakra barti: Energy Engineering and Management, PHI, Eastern Economy Edition, 2012.

REFERENCES :
1. Tripathy S. C., “Electric Energy Utilization and conservation”, Tata McGraw Hill.1991
2. Energy Management Handbook, Edited by W. C. Turner, Wiley, New York, 1982.
3. Industrial Energy Conservation Manuals, MIT Press, Mass, 1982.
4. www.altenergy.com
5. www.bee-india.nic.in
6. www.worldenergy.org

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE32 VLSI System Design 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester IV Year / VIII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL (3 Hrs)

171
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To illustrate the basic concepts of modern VLSI circuit design.
2. Describe the fundamental principles underlying digital design using CMOS
logic and analyze the performance characteristics of these digital circuit
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. Outline the modeling of digital integrated circuits.
2. Explain the performance of CMOS digital integrated circuits
3. Demonstrate the VLSI circuit design process.
4. Illustrate the logic and complex gates
5. Explain about array subsystem and low power design.
Apply the knowledge of VLSI System in electrical and electronics
engineering
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 2 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 3 2 2 2
CO3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - 2 3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 2 2 2 2 - - 2 - 3 2 2 2 3
CO5 3 2 3 2 2 3 - - 3 2 2 2 2 3 2
CO6 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - 3 3 3 2 3 2 3
AVERAGE 2.8 2.3 2.5 2.5 2.3 2.7 - - 2.7 2.3 2.6 2.4 2.3 2.4 2.4
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9Hrs

Introduction to IC Technology – MOS, PMOS, NMOS, CMOS & BiCMOS Technologies;

Oxidation, Lithography, Diffusion, Ion implantation, Metallization, Encapsulation, Probe testing,
Integrated Resistors and Capacitors, CMOS Nanotechnology.

UNIT II : BASIC ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES 9Hrs

Basic Electrical Properties of MOS and BiCMOS Circuits, Pass transistor, NMOS Inverter, CMOS
Inverter analysis and design, Bi-CMOS Inverters.

UNIT III : VLSI CIRCUIT DESIGN PROCESSES 9Hrs

VLSI Design Flow, MOS Layers, Stick Diagrams, Design Rules and Layout, Contacts and
Transistors, Layout Diagrams for NMOS and CMOS Inverters and Gates, Scaling of MOS circuits.

UNIT IV : GATE LEVEL DESIGN AND DATA PATH SUBSYSTEMS 9Hrs

Logic Gates and Other complex gates, Switch logic, Alternate gate circuits, Time delays, driving
172
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
large capacitive loads, Wiring capacitance, Fan – in, Fan – out, Choice of layers. Subsystem Design,
Shifters, Adders, ALUs, Multipliers, Parity generators, Comparators.

UNIT V : ARRAY SUBSYSTEMS AND LOW POWER DESIGN 9Hrs

SRAM, DRAM, ROM, Serial Access Memories, Content Addressable Memory, PLAs, FPGAs,
CPLDs, Standard Cells, Programmable Array Logic, Design Approach, Parameters influencing low
power design.
Total : 45 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Kamran Eshraghian, EshraghianDougles and A. Pucknell, “Essentials of VLSI circuits and

systems “, Prentice-Hall Of India Pvt. Limited, 2009
2. CMOS VLSI Design – A circuits and systems perspective, Neil H. E Weste, David Harris,
Ayan Banerjee, Pearson Education India,2015

REFERENCES:

1. CMOS logic circuit Design - John.P. Uyemura, Springer, 2007.

2. Modern VLSI Design - Wayne Wolf, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 1997.
3. VLSI Design – A.Albert Raj, Latha, PHI, 2008.
4. Introduction to VLSI – Mead & Convey, BS Publications, 2010.

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE33 Internet of Things for shipping
industry 3 0 0 3
173
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Year/ Semester IV Year / VIII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL (3 Hrs)
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional
Social Sciences courses Elective
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. To understand the operation of Internet of things

2. To acquire knowledge about different platforms and Infrastructure for
IOT,Data Analystics for IoT.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Outline the basic concepts of IOT.
2. Explain the architecture of microcontrollers.
3. Demonstrate problem-solving concepts of Python.
4. Illustrate the RASPBERRY PI Architecture.
5. Analyze the applications of IoT in real time Scenario.
6. Apply the knowledge of python and Raspberry PI in real time
applications.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2 - -
CO2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 2 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 2 2 2 -
CO4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 3 2 - 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 3 3 2 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 3 2 3 2 2
AVERAGE 3.00 3.00 2.83 2.60 2.50 - - - - - 2.33 2.50 2.50 2.00 2.25
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO INTERNET OF THINGS 9 Hrs

Overview, Technology drivers , Business drivers, Typical IoT applications , Trends and
implications.

UNIT II : IOT ARCHITECTURE 9 Hrs

Node Structure-Sensing, Processing, Communication, Powering, Networking-Topologies, Layer/Stack

architecture, IoT standards, Cloud computing for IoT, Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy, beacons.
UNIT III : PROTOCOLS AND WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY FOR IOT 9 Hrs
Protocols: NFC, RFID, Zigbee MIPI, M-PHY, UniPro, SPMI, SPI, M-PCIe Wired vs. Wireless
communication, GSM, CDMA, LTE, GPRS, small cell. Wireless technologies for IoT: WiFi (IEEE
802.11), Bluetooth / Bluetooth Smart, ZigBee / ZigBeeSmart, UWB (IEEE 802.15.4), 6LoWPAN,
Proprietary systems.
UNIT IV : DATA ANALYSTICS FOR IOT 9 Hrs
Services/Attributes: Big-Data Analytics and Visualization, Dependability, Security, Maintainability.
Data analytics for IoT: A framework for data-driven decision making , Descriptive, Predictive and

174
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Prescriptive Analytics , Business Intelligence and Artificial Intelligence Importance of impact and
open innovation in data-driven decision making.

UNIT V : APPLICATIONS OF IOT 9 Hrs

IOT in shipping industry, Smart Grid, Environment, Enegy monitoring, SCADA / Productivity
applications
TOTAL : 45 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Arrshdeep Bahga and Vijai Madisetti :A Hands-on Approach“Internet of

Things”,UniversitiesPress 2015.
2. Oliver Hersent , David Boswarthick and Omar Elloumi “ The Internet of Things”, Wiley,2016.
3. Samuel Greengard,“ The Internet of Things”, The MIT press, 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Adrian McEwen and Hakim Cassimally“Designing the Internet of Things “Wiley,2014.
2. Jean-Philippe Vasseur, Adam Dunkels, “Interconnecting Smart Objects with IP:
TheNextInternet” Morgan Kuffmann Publishers, 2010.
3. Adrian McEwen and Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the Internet of Things”, John Wiley
andsons, 2014
4. Lingyang Song/Dusit Niyato/ Zhu Han/ Ekram Hossain,” Wireless Device-to-
DeviceCommunications and Networks,CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS,2015

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE34 Maintenance of Marine Electrical
Equipment 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester IV Year / VIII Semester Contact hours per week
( 3Hrs )
Prerequisite course NIL
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
175
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course 1. To learn about maintenance of marine cables, cable trays, circuit breakers, generator, motor
Objective and power supplies.
2. To learn about topology and maintenance of automation equipments on board.
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. Understand the maintenance of electrical equipments and safety precautions.
2. Explain the maintenance of electrical motors.
3. Demonstrate the maintenance of lighting systems.
4. Illustrate the maintenance of generator and emergency power supply.
5. Apply the concepts of sensors/controllers and automation systems in onboard.
6. Apply the maintenance procedures of onboard ship equipments.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 3 - - 3 - - - - - - 2 2 -
CO2 3 2 2 - - - 3 - - - 3 - 2 3 -
CO3 3 3 2 3 - 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 2 - - 3 - - - 3 - 3 2 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 3 3 3 3
CO6 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 2 3 3 2
AVERAGE 3.00 3.00 2.67 2.75 3.00 2.50 3.00 - - - 2.50 2.33 2.50 2.50 2.50
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT I MAINTENANCE OF CABLE TRAYS, CIRCUIT BREAKERS ON BOARD 9 Hrs
Procedure for installation of cable trays - Cable Protection methods - Procedure to check the insulation of
cables on board - Procedure to maintain the insulation resistance of the cable - Procedure to maintain the
circuit breakers - vacuum Circuit breakers on board - Safety precautions to be carried out while working with
cables and cable trays on board.

UNIT II MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRICAL MOTORS ON BOARD 9 Hrs

Over hauling of Induction motors - Procedure to replace the bearing of motors - Maintaining insulation
resistance of Induction motor - Procedure to replace the brushes in DC motors - Procedure to work on a
flooded motor - Safety precautions to be carried out while working with Electrical Motors on board.

UNIT III MAINTENANCE OF LIGHTING ON BOARD 9 Hrs

Types of light fittings on board, Maintenance of Hazardous zone light fittings - Maintenance on
navigational light fittings - Maintenance of Deck lights and Indoor Light fittings - Safety precautions to
be carried out while working with Electrical Motors on boar

UNIT IV MAINTENANCE OF GENERATOR AND EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLIES ON BOARD

9Hrs
Types of Generator used on board - Maintenance on Main Generator - Overhauling of main generator -
Fabrication of AVR - Maintenance of AVR used in main generator - Types and maintenance of batteries used
on board - Types of power controller used on board for UPS - Maintenance of UPS.

176
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

UNIT V MAINTENANCE ON SENSORS/ CONTROLLERS AND AUTOMATION EQUIPMENTS

ON BOARD 9Hrs
Maintenance of Controllers used in Main Engine control panel - Boiler control panel - Refer Containers -
Steering Gear Control Panel - Procedure for maintenance and installation of PLC on board.
TOTAL : 45 Hours
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Elstan A. Fernandez “Marine Electrical Technology “ 6th edition, shroff publishers and
distributers Pvt. Ltd.,2013.
2. D.A. Taylor, Marine Control. Practice.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. J Cowley,The Running and maintenance of marine machinery .
2. John .W. Webb, Programmable Logic controllers.

Professional Electives – 6
PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE36 Micro Grids and Smart Grids 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester IV Year / VIII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL (3 Hrs)
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. To understand the requirements for grid interconnection and its impact with energy
sources of distributed generation.
2. To demonstrate the fundamental concept of Smart Grid and Microgrid.
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. Outline the requirements of Grid Integration.
2. Illustrate the concept and operation of Smart Grid.
3. Demonstrate various smart grid technologies.
4. Explain the basics of Microgrid.
5. Demonstrate the control and operation of the Microgrid.
6. Apply the knowledge of Smart Grid and Microgrid in power system engineering.

177
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 3 - - - - - - - 2 - 2 2 -
CO3 2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3 3 2 2 - - - - 2 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 3 3 2 3 3 - - - - 2 2 3 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.5 2.7 2.7 2.8 2.5 2.5 - - - - 2 2 2.5 2.5 2.4
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I : GRID INTEGRATION 9 Hrs

Introduction to renewable energy grid integration - Concept of mini/micro grids and Smart grids - Different
types of grid interfaces - Issues related to grid integration of small and large scale of synchronous generator
based - induction generator based and converter based sources together - Network voltage management
(discusses the issue of voltage levels) - Power quality management (voltage dips, harmonics, flickers and
reactive power control) - Frequency management - Interconnection standards and grid code requirements for
integration.

UNIT II : INTRODUCTION TO SMART GRID 9 Hrs

Evolution of Electric Grid, Concept, Definitions and Need for Smart Grid - Smart grid drivers, functions,
opportunities, challenges and benefits - Difference between conventional & Smart Grid - National and
International Initiatives in Smart Grid.

UNIT III : SMART GRID TECHNOLOGIES 9 Hrs

Technology Drivers - Smart energy resources - Smart substations - Substation Automation - Feeder
Automation - Transmission systems: Wide area monitoring - Protection and control - DMS, Volt/VAR
control - Fault Detection, Isolation and service restoration - Outage management - High-Efficiency
Distribution Transformers - Phase Shifting Transformers - Plug in Hybrid Electric Vehicles (PHEV).

UNIT IV : BASICS OF A MICROGRID 9 Hrs

Concept and definition of microgrid - microgrid drivers and benefits, review of sources of microgrids -
typical structure and configuration of a microgrid - AC and DC microgrids - Power Electronics interfaces in
DC and AC microgrids.

UNIT V : CONTROL AND OPERATION OF MICROGRID 9 Hrs

Modes of operation and control of microgrid: grid connected and islanded mode - Active and reactive power
control - protection issues - anti-islanding schemes: passive, active and communication-based techniques,
microgrid communication infrastructure - Power quality issues in microgrids - regulatory standards -
Microgrid economics - Introduction to smart microgrids

Total : 45 Hrs
REFERENCES :

178
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
1. Stuart Borlase “Smart Grid: Infrastructure, Technology and Solutions”, CRC Press 2012.
2. Janaka Ekanayake, Nick Jenkins, KithsiriLiyanage, Jianzhong Wu, Akihiko Yokoyama, “Smart Grid:
Technology and Applications”, Wiley.
3. AmirnaserYezdani, and Reza Iravani, “Voltage Source Converters in Power Systems: modelling,
Control and Applications”, IEEE John Wiley Publications.

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering-Marine)

Course Code Course Name L T P C
UEEEE37 Total Quality Management 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester IV Year & VIII Semester Contact Hours Per Week
Prerequisite course - 3 Hrs
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional
Social Sciences courses Elective
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objectives 1. To actively involves every function and every employee in satisfying
customers’ needs, both internal and external.
2. To create a culture in an organization to involve everybody in quality
improvement.
Course Outcomes After successful completion of Course, the students will be able to
1. Explain the evolution of quality
2. Demonstrate the principles of total quality management
3. Discuss the bench marking tools and techniques of total quality management
4. Summarize the performance evaluation tools of management techniques
5. compare the different ISO standards
179
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
6. Apply the TQM tools and techniques for effective monitoring and control of
organization
PPOs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 - - - - - 3 2 3 - - - - - - -
CO2 - - - - - 3 3 2 - - - - - - -
CO3 - - - - 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - -
CO4 - - - - 3 3 2 3 2 - - 3 - - -
CO5 - - - - - 3 2 3 3 3 - 3 - - -
CO6 - - - - 3 3 3 2 3 2 - 3 - - -
AVERAGE - - - - 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.7 2.5 2.7 - 3 - - -
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)
UNIT I INTRODUATION 9 Hrs
Introduction – Need for quality – Evolution of quality – Definition of quality – Dimensions of
manufacturing and service quality – Basic concepts of TQM – Definition of TQM – TQM
Framework – Contributions of Deming, Juran and Crosby – Barriers to TQM.

UNIT II TQM PRINCIPLES 9 Hrs

Leadership – Strategic quality planning, Quality statements - Customer focus – Customer
orientation, Customer satisfaction, Customer complaints, Customer retention – Employee
involvement – Motivation, Empowerment, Team and Teamwork – Recognition and Reward –
Performance appraisal – Continuous process improvement – PDSA cycle, 5s, Kaizen – Supplier
partnership – Partnering, Supplier selection, Supplier Rating.

UNIT III TQM TOOLS & TECHNIQUES I 9 Hrs

The seven traditional tools of quality – New management tools – Six-sigma: Concepts,
methodology, applications to manufacturing, service sector including IT – Bench marking –Reason
to bench mark, Bench marking process – FMEA – Stages, Types.

UNIT IV TQM TOOLS & TECHNIQUES II 9 Hrs

Quality circles – Quality Function Deployment (QFD) – Taguchi quality loss function – TPM –
Concepts, improvement needs – Cost of Quality – Performance measures.

UNIT V QUALITY SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

Need for ISO 9000- ISO 9000-2000 Quality System – Elements, Documentation, Quality auditing-

180
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
QS 9000 – ISO 14000 – Concepts, Requirements and Benefits – Case studies of TQM
implementation in manufacturing and service sectors including IT.
Total: 45 Hours.
TEXT BOOK:
1. Dale H.Besterfield, Carol Besterfield – Michal, Glen H. Besterfield, Mary Besterfield – Sacre,
Hermant – Urdhwareshe, RashmiUrdhwareshe, Total Quality Management, 5th edition, Pearson
Education, 2018
2. Shridhara Bhat K, Total Quality Management – Text and Cases, Himalaya Publishing House, 2 nd
Edition ,2010.
REFERENCES:
1. James R. Evans and William M. Lindsay, ―The Management and Control of Quality,
6thEdition, South-Western (Thomson Learning), 2005.
2. Oakland, J.S. ―TQM – Text with Cases, Butterworth – Heinemann Ltd., Oxford, 3rd
Edition,2003.

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE38 Flexible AC Transmission Systems 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester IV Year / VIII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL ( 3Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional
Social Sciences courses Elective
√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Mandatory
Elective

Course Objective 1. To understand the basics of real and reactive conventional compensators.
2. To analyze the the operation of controllers for enhancing the transmission
capability and the operation, control and application of different FACTS
devices and custom power devices.
Course Outcome At the end of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Compare different Flexible AC Transmission Systems devices.
2. Explain Static VAR Compensators and its applications.
3. Demonstrate the functions of Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor and its
applications.
181
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
4. Illustrate Voltage Source Converter based FACTS Controllers.
5. Explain the performance of UPFC Controllers.
6. Apply the knowledge of FACTS devices in power systems.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 3 2 3
CO2 2 3 3 3 - - - - - - 3 3 3 3 2
CO3 3 2 3 - - - - - - - 3 3 2 3 3
CO4 2 3 3 - - - - - - - 3 3 3 2 -
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 2
CO6 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - 3 3 2 3 3
AVERAGE 2.7 2.8 2.8 2.7 3 - - - - - 3 3 2.7 2.7 2.6
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I : COMPENSATORS 9 hrs

Introduction to FACTS controllers – Reactive power control - Reactive power, uncompensated

Transmission line, reactive power compensation – Principles of conventional reactive power
compensators - Synchronous condensers, saturated reactor, phase angle regulator and other
controllers.

UNIT II : THYRISTOR CONTROLLED SHUNT COMPENSATOR 9 Hrs

Objective of shunt compensation – Principle and operating characteristics of Thyristor Controlled

Reactor(TCR) – Thyristor Switched Capacitor (TSC) – Static VAR Compensators (SVC) – SVC
control system – SVC voltage regulator model – Transfer function and dynamic performance of
SVC – Transient stability enhancement and power oscillation damping, mitigation of sub-
synchronous resonance.

UNIT III : THYRISTOR CONTROLLED SERIES COMPENSATOR 9 Hrs

Series compensation – Principles of operation of TCSC – Capability characteristics of TCSC –

Modeling of TCSC – TCSC control system – enhancement of system damping – mitigation of sub-
synchronous resonance.

UNIT IV : VSC BASED SHUNT AND SERIES COMPENSATOR 9 Hrs

Static Synchronous Compensator (STATCOM) - Principle of operation - VI Characteristics -

Harmonic performance – Steady state model – SSR mitigation - Static Synchronous Series
Compensator(SSSC) - Principle of operation and characteristics of SSSC – control range and VA
rating – capability to provide real power compensation – Immunity to sub-synchronous resonance –
control scheme for SSSC.

UNIT V : UNIFIED POWER FLOW CONTROLLER 9 Hrs

Basic operating principles–conventional transmission control capability of UPFC– Independent Real

and reactive power flow control– control scheme for UPFC– Basic control system for P and Q
control – dynamic performance
TOTAL: 45 Hrs
182
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
TEXT BOOKS:

Narain G. Hingorani and Laszlo Gyugyi, Understanding FACTS concepts and technology of
1.
Flexible AC transmission systems, Edition 2001,IEEE power Engineering society Sponsor,
IEEE press, 2001.
2. R. Mohan Mathur and Rajiv K.Varma, Thyristor-Based FACTS Controllers for Electrical
Transmission Systems, Edition February 2002,IEEEpress-JohnWiley and Sons publications,
2002.
REFERENCES:

1. Vijay K.Sood, HVDC and FACTS Controller: Application of Static Converters in power
Systems, IEEE Power Electronics and Power Systems series, Kluwer Academic publishers,
Boston, First edition January2004.
2. Timothy John Eastham Miller, Reactive power control in Electric Systems, John Wiley and
sons, New York, 1982.
3. Yong Hua Song and Allan T Johns, Flexible AC Transmission System (FACTS), IEEE
Power Engineering Series- 79 IEEE press, 1999.
4. K.R.Padiyar, HVDC Power Transmission Systems Technology and System Interactions,
New Age International (p) Limited, New Delhi, 2003.
5. Einar V.Larsen,JaunJ. Sanchez-Gasca and Joe H. Chow, Concepts of design of FACTS
Controllers to damp power swings, IEEE Transaction on PowerSystems,Vol.10,no.2,
May1995.
6. GyugyiL, Unified Power flow control concept for flexible AC transmission, IEEE
Proceedings, vol. 139, no. 4, July 1992.

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE39 Modern Electric Vehicles 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester IV Year / VIII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL ( 3 Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1. To understand the concept of modern electrical vehicles and to learn
electrical vehicle operation and control.
2. To provide knowledge modelling and design of fuel cell vehicles, Electric
vehicle with wireless chargers using Power electronics concepts.

183
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Illustrate Electric vehicles and its configuration.
2. Explain the concepts of Electric vehicles.
3. Demonstrate the operation of Battery Electric vehicles.
4. Explain the operation of wireless charger.
5. Explain the roadmap for heavy electric vehicles.
6. Apply the knowledge of modelling and simulation in modern electric
vehicle design.
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 - - - - - - - - - - 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 - 3 - - - 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 - 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 2 3 3 3 3
CO6 3 3 3 2 3 - 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 -
AVERAGE 3.00 3.00 3.00 2.75 2.75 - 3.00 - - - 2.25 2.40 3.00 2.83 2.80
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRIC VEHICLES & FUEL CELL VEHICLES 9 Hrs

Vehicle Basics - Constituents of a Conventional Vehicle - Vehicle and Propulsion Load - Basics of the
EV - Constituents of an EV- Basics of Fuel Cell Vehicles (FCVs) - Constituents of an FCV-Architecture
of FCEV-Battery pack and motor sizing-Different modes of operation of FC vehicle-Simulation using
PSCAD, Results and Discussions

UNIT II: DESIGN OF ELECTRIC VEHICLES 9 Hrs

Introduction - Vehicle Model - Vehicle Performance - EV Powertrain Component Sizing –

Configuration of electric vehicles-performance of electric vehicles-traction motor characteristics-
traction effort and transmission requirement-vehicle performance-tractive effort in normal driving-
energy consumption-

UNIT III : BATTERY ELECTRIC VEHICLES 9 Hrs

Introduction to BEVs- Features- -Modes of operations-Batteries in BEVs-Level1,2 and 3 charging-

Advantages of BEV-BEV Architectures - Power Management of BEVs - BEV Design and Component
Sizing- Component Sizing of BEVs -First BEV developed: GE motors, Tesla-Comparison of BEVs and
other EVs

UNIT IV :POWER ELECTRONICS FOR WIRELESS CHARGING OF ELECTRIC VEHICLES

9 Hrs
Introduction - Converters Used in EVs – Fundamentals of inductive power transfer technology-power
electronics converter topologies for inductive wireless charging-power control scheme-Performance
Comparison-Modern chargers

UNIT V : TECHNOLOGY ROADMAP FOR HEAVY DUTY ELECTRIC VEHICLES 9 Hrs

184
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Challenges to heavy duty EV deployment-Energy storage systems-Solid state batteries-lithium air

batteries-vehicle system-Autonomous Electric Vehicles-Vehicle to Grid infrastructure communications-
vehicle to grid and renewable integration-Modelling and designing of e-bikes.

TOTAL : 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Nil Patel, et al, Electric vehicles, Modern technologies and trends, Springer, Singapore, 2021
2. Md. Rabiul Islam, et al, Emerging power converters for renewable energy and electric vehicles
modeling, design and control, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, First edition, 2021
3. Shashank Arora, et al, Heavy duty electric vehicles from concept to reality, Butterworth
Heinemann, ELSEVIER, 2021
REFERENCES:

1. Modern Electric, hybrid electric and fuel cell vehicles, Mehrad ehsani et al, CRC press,
Taylor & Francis,3rd Edition, 2018
2. Chris Mi, M. Abul Masrur and David Wenzhong Gao, “Hybrid Electric Vehicles: Principles and
Applications with Practical Perspectives”, Wiley Publishers 2011

185
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE40 Power Quality 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester IV Year / VIII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL ( 3 Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses
√
Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory
Science

Course Objective 1.To familiarize with the characteristics of solar radiation, its global distribution,
and conversion methods of solar energy to heat and power.
2.To familiarize with the concepts of control and drives, importance of embedded
system and implementation of control system for solar energy applications.
Course Outcome The Students will be able to
1. Outline the power quality issues.
2. Explain the sources of sag and interruptions.
3. Illustrate the sources of over voltages and the software used
4. Demonstrate the effect of harmonics
5. Apply the expert system for power quality monitoring

6. Apply the knowledge of power quality in power system

POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3 - -
CO2 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 2 2 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 3
CO4 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 2 2
CO5 2 3 2 3 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 - - - - - 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.4 2.6
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION TO POWER QUALITY 9 Hrs

Terms and definitions: Overloading – under voltage – over voltage. Concepts of transients – short
duration variations such as interruption – long duration variation such as sustained interruption. Sags
and swells – voltage sag – voltage swell – voltage imbalance – voltage fluctuation – power frequency
variations. International standards of power quality. Computer Business Equipment Manufacturers
Associations (CBEMA) curve.

UNIT II : VOLTAGE SAGS AND INTERRUPTIONS 9 Hrs

Sources of sags and interruptions – estimating voltage sag performance. Thevenin’s equivalent source
– analysis and calculation of various faulted condition. Voltage sag due to induction motor starting.
Estimation of the sag severity – mitigation of voltage sags, active series compensators. Static transfer
186
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
switches and fast transfer switches.

UNIT III : OVERVOLTAGES 9 Hrs

Sources of over voltages – Capacitor switching – lightning – ferro resonance. Mitigation of voltage
swells – surge arresters – low pass filters – power conditioners. Lightning protection – shielding – line
arresters – protection of transformers and cables. An introduction to computer analysis tools for
transients, PSCAD and EMTP.

UNIT IV : HARMONICS 9 Hrs

Harmonic sources from commercial and industrial loads, locating harmonic sources. Power system
response characteristics – Harmonics Vs transients. Effect of harmonics – harmonic distortion – voltage
and current distortion – harmonic indices – inter harmonics – resonance. Harmonic distortion
evaluation – devices for controlling harmonic distortion – passive and active filters. IEEE and IEC
standards.

UNIT V : APPLICATIONS OF POWER QUALITY MONITORING 9 Hrs

Monitoring considerations – monitoring and diagnostic techniques for various power quality problems
– modeling of power quality (harmonics and voltage sag) problems by mathematical simulation tools –
power line disturbance analyzer – quality measurement equipment – harmonic / spectrum analyzer –
flicker meters – disturbance analyzer. Applications of expert systems for power quality monitoring.
TOTAL: 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Roger. C. Dugan, Mark. F. McGranagham, Surya Santoso, H.WayneBeaty, ‘Electrical Power

Systems Quality’ McGraw Hill,2003.
2. Eswald.F.Fudis and M.A.S.Masoum, “Power Quality in Power System and Electrical
Machines,” Elseviar Academic Press, 2013.
3. J. Arrillaga, N.R. Watson, S. Chen, ‘Power System Quality Assessment’, Wiley, 2011.

REFERENCES:

1. G.T. Heydt, ‘Electric Power Quality’, 2nd Edition. (West Lafayette, IN, Stars in a Circle
Publications, 1994).
2. M.H.J Bollen, ‘Understanding Power Quality Problems: Voltage Sags and Interruptions’, (New
York: IEEE Press, 1999).
3. G.J.Wakileh, “Power Systems Harmonics – Fundamentals, Analysis and Filter Design,”
Springer 2007.
4. E.Aeha and M.Madrigal, “Power System Harmonics, Computer Modelling and Analysis, “
Wiley India, 2012.
5. R.S.Vedam, M.S.Sarma, “Power Quality – VAR Compensation in Power Systems,” CRC Press
2013.
6. C. Sankaran, ‘Power Quality’, CRC press, Taylor & Francis group, 2002.

187
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEE41 Marine Electrical Propulsion and Control 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester IV Year / VIII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Nil (3Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Social Management courses Professional Core Professional
Sciences Elective

√
Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

Course Objective 1. To learn about different kinds of power semiconductor devices used on board
2. To understand about various electric propulsion systems
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Compare characteristics of switching devices.
2. Explain the performance of various converters and inverters
3. Illustrate the operation of Electric Propulsion in ship
4. Demonstrate the use of harmonic filters and synchronous condenser in electric
propulsion
5. Analyze the Power system layout of a high voltage system on board the ship
6. Apply the knowledge of Electrical Propulsion and Control in marine engineering
POs /
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
COs
CO1 3 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 - 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 2 -
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - 3 3 2 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 2 2 3 2
CO5 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - 2 3 3 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3
AVERAGE 3.00 3.00 3.00 2.75 2.50 - - - - - 2.60 2.60 2.33 2.50 2.40
CORRELATION LEVELS 1. SLIGHT (LOW) 2. MODERATE (MEDIUM) 3. SUBSTANTIAL (HIGH)

UNIT I POWER SEMI-CONDUCTOR DEVICES 9 Hrs

Structure, operation and characteristics of SCR, TRIAC, power transistor, MOSFET and IGBT. Driver
and snubber circuits for MOSFET - Turn-on and turn-off characteristics and switching losses - List the
precautions when replacing MOSFETs and IGBTs in electronic circuits Determine methods to test a
TRIAC in chart-table dimmer.

UNIT II CONVERTORS, INVERTORS & DRIVES 9 Hrs

Variable speed drive Hardware development, Direct current (DC) drives, Six thyristor full convertor.
Duel- armature convertor, Thyristor DC drives, Alternating current devices. Slip energy recovery
system. Load commutated inverter. Induction motor variable speed drives. Cycloconverter. Auto
188
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
sequentially commutated current fed inverter.

UNIT III Electric Propulsion - I 9 Hrs

Electric Propulsion Scheme, Power supply network, Review of motor operation, Controlled
Rectification and inversion, Convertor types, Propulsion system operation.

UNIT IV Electric Propulsion – II 9 Hrs

Harmonics, Use of Harmonic filters, AC drive with controllable pitch propeller, Salient feature of diesel
electric Propulsion, Advantages and disadvantages of electrical Propulsion. Shaft generators,
Synchronous condenser

UNIT V High Voltage Practice 9 Hrs

Power system layout of a high voltage system on board the ship. Vacuum circuits breakers.
EPTW (Electrical Permit to work).
TOTAL : 45 Hours

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Elstan A. Fernandez, Marine Electrical technology. Arizona Business Alliance; 7th ed. edition
2014
2. Dr. P.S.Bimbra “Power Electronics” Khanna Publishers, third Edition, 2003

REFERENCES:
1. M.D. Singh and K.B. Khanchandani, “Power Electronics,” Mc Graw Hill India, 2013.
2. Edmund G , Marine Electrical Installation & Diesel Electric Propulsion.

189
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Open Electives
PROGRAM Common to all the BE Programmes offered in AMET (ME, Mech, EEEM, PE,
HE, NA &OE, Mining) and B.Tech FPT; BBA Shipping, B.Com., LCA
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEO01 Hybrid Energy Resources in ships 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester II Year / IV Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL ( 3Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

√
Course Objective 1. To understand the concept of renewable energy resources
2. To impart knowledge about renewable energy sources in ships
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Explain the global and national energy scenario
2. Outline the solar energy used in ships
3. Infer wind energy in ships
4. Explain bio fuels and wave energy systems in ships
5. Illustrate performance and costs of renewable energy systems in ships
6. Summarize the Benefits of renewable energy applications in the shipping sector

UNIT I : GLOBAL AND NATIONAL ENERGY SCENARIO 9Hrs

Over view of conventional & renewable energy sources, need, potential &development of renewable
energy sources, types of renewable energy systems, Future of Energy Use, Global and Indian Energy
scenario, Global climate change, CO2 reduction-potential of renewable energy- concept of Hybrid
systems

UNIT II : SOLAR ENERGY IN SHIPS 9Hrs

Solar energy system, Solar Radiation, Availability, Measurement and Estimation, Solar Thermal
Conversion Devices and Storage, Fundamentals of Solar Photo Voltaic Conversion, Solar photovoltaic
and Hybrid systems in ship

UNIT III : WIND ENERGY IN SHIPS 9Hrs

Wind Energy Estimation, Types of Wind Energy Systems, Soft sails-Fixed sails-Rotor-Kite sails-Wind
turbines

UNIT IV : BIO ENERGY, WAVE ENERGY & HYDROGEN FUEL CELLS 9Hrs

Principles of Bio-Conversion, Liquid Bio fuels – Bio-gas -Current viability of selected biofuels for the
shipping sector,-Wave Energy, Hydrogen fuel cells, Battery –Electric Propulsion

190
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT V : PERFORMANCE & COSTS 9Hrs

Performance and costs –Drivers, Potential and Barriers- Benefits of renewable energy applications in
the shipping sector.

.
TOTAL :45 Hours

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Renewable Energy Resources, John Twidell and Tony Weir, Taylor and Francis -second
edition, 2013.
2. Non-Conventional Energy Sources -G.D. Rai, Khanna Publishers
3. RENEWABLE ENERGY OPTIONS FOR SHIPPING: Technology brief, IRENA, January 2015

REFERENCES:
1. Renewable Energy- Edited by Godfrey Boyle-oxford University, press, 3rd edition, 2013.
2. Handbook of renewable technology Ahmed and Zobaa, Ramesh C Bansal, World scientific,
Singapore.
3. Renewable Energy Technologies /Ramesh & Kumar /Narosa.
4. Renewable energy technologies – A practical guide for beginners – Chetong Singh Solanki,
PHI.
5. Non conventional energy source –B.H. Khan- TMH-2nd edition.
6. Integrated energy systems modeling--Karlsson, Kenneth Bernard; Skytte, Klaus Morthorst;
Publishedin:DTU International Energy Report 2015.
7. Acciaro, M., P.N. Hoffman and M.S. Eide, (2013) The energy efficiency gap in maritime
transport. Journal of Shipping and Ocean Engineering, 3, pp.1-10.
8. Argonne National Laboratory. (2013) Life Cycle Analysis of Conventional and and Alternative
Marine Fuels in GREET [Online]. Available at: https://greet. es.anl.gov/files/marine-fuels-13
[Accessed October 2014].
9. Bengtsson, S., E. Fridell and K. Andersson, (2012) Environmental assessment of two pathways
towards the use of biofuels in shipping. Energy Policy, 44, pp. 451–463.
10. Bruckner-Menchelli, N., (2010). Asia’s maritime industry sees benefits of a green revolution.
Bunkerworld, May/June, p. 24.

191
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM Common to all the BE Programmes offered in AMET (ME, Mech, EEEM, PE, HE,
NA &OE, Mining) and B.Tech FPT; BBA Shipping, B.Com., LCA
Course Code: Course Name: L T P C
UEEEO02 Principles of Robotics and 3 0 0 3
Applications
Year and Semester II Year / IV Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL ( 3Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management
Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

√
1. To understand the basics of robotics
Course Objective 2. To learn electrical drives
3. To know different types of sensors for robot operations
4. To develop robots with links and effectors to achieve challenging tasks
5. To explore the broad scope of robotic applications
After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
Course Outcome 1. Outline the basic concept of robotics.
2. Explain the functions of basic components of a robot
3. Interpret various types of Sensors
4. Illustrate various types of End Effectors
5. Implement the robots in industries
6. Apply the concepts of robots in real time applications

UNIT I: BASIC CONCEPTS

Brief history-Types of Robot–Technology-Robot classifications and specifications-Design and control
issues, Programming languages.

Unit 2: ROBOT DRIVE SYSTEMS 9 hours

Pneumatic Drives-Hydraulic Drives-Mechanical Drives-Electrical Drives-D.C. Servo Motors- Stepper
Motors,-A.C. Servo Motors-Salient Features- Applications and Comparison of all Drives.

Unit 3: SENSORS FOR ROBOTS 9 hours

Introduction to robotic sensors, vision systems, Range detectors, assembly aid devices, force and torque
sensors, machine vision, ranging, laser, acoustic, magnetic, fiber optic and tactile sensors.

Unit 4: ROBOT AND END EFFECTORS 9 hours

Introduction-classification of end effectors-Types of Grippers- Hooks-scoops and other devices-Gripper

192
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

force analysis and design of Drive system for gripper.

Unit 5: APPLICATION OF ROBOTS 9 hours

Introduction to robot programming languages-robots in manufacturing and non- manufacturing

applications- selection of robot.
Total hours:45 hours
TEXT BOOKS

1. Niku, Saeed B, “ Introduction to Robotics Analysis, Control and application”, Whiley, 2020
2. Klafter R.D., Chmielewski T.A and Negin M., “Robotic Engineering – An Integrated Approach”,
Prentice Hall, 2003.
3. Groover M.P., “Industrial Robotics -Technology Programming and Applications”, McGraw Hill,
2001.
4. Robotics a complete guide, ISBN: 1867448149, 2021

REFERENCES

1. Siciliano, Bruno, ‘Handbook of Robotics”, Springer, 2018

2. Staple, Danny, “Learn Robotics Programming”, PACKT, 2018
3. Peter McKinnon, “Robotics:Everything You know about Beginner to Expert”, Peter Mckinnon,
2016
4. Craig J.J., “Introduction to Robotics Mechanics and Control”, Pearson Education, 2008.
5. Rajput R.K., “Robotics and Industrial Automation”, S.Chand and Company, 2008.

193
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM Common to all the BE Programme offered in AMET (ME, Mech, EEEM, PE, NA &OE,
Mining) and B.Tech FPT;
Course Code: Course Name: L T P C
UEEEO03 Industrial Electronics
3 0 0 3
Year and Semester II Year / IV Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course - (3Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Social Management courses Professional Core Professional
Sciences Elective

Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

√
Course Objective 1. To understand the applications of Power Electronics in industry

2. To acquire knowledge about control techniques using Electronic devices

After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
Course Outcome 1. Choose relevant thyristor for the given application

2. Outline AC & DC power control circuits employing thyristors

3. Illustrate inverter, chopper and cyclo-converters

4. Make use of photoelectric devices in relevant applications

5. Explain different types of timers in specific applications

6. Classify induction heating and dielectric heating equipment

UNIT I Introduction to Thyristors 9 Hrs

Industrial electronics devices: SCR, DIAC, TRIAC, IGBT - Opto electronic devices: Opto-Isolators, Opto-
TRIAC, Opto-SCR, Opto-transistor

UNIT II Industrial & Power Applications 9 Hrs

Typical Industrial Thyristor Applications: Control rectifiers using SCR - SCR as a static switch - Photo
electric relay/switch using LDR, LASCR, photodiode - Solid state relay using Opto - TRIAC, Opto-SCR,
Opto-transistor

194
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT III Industrial Power Converters 9 Hrs
Single phase rectifiers and Polyphase rectifiers – Inverters - Series, Parallel and bridge Inverters Single phase
cyclo-converters Chopper - UPS : online & offline - SMPS

UNIT IV Timers and High Frequency applications 9 Hrs

Basic Time Constant ckt. : RC timing circuits -Timer using IC555 -Sequential timer using IC555, IC556-SCR Delay
timer -Programmable timer using IC XR-2240- Induction heating- Dielectric heating

UNIT V Solid State Controls 9 Hrs

Single phase DC shunt motor and its speed control using thyristors- Single phase Induction motor (AC motor)
and its speed control using thyristors- Universal motor and its speed control- Synchros - construction, working
and its applications.

TOTAL: 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS:
1. S.K.Bhattacharya & S.Chatterjee ,Industrial Electronics and Control, TTTT, Chandigarh
2. G.K. Mithal, Industrial Electronics, Khanna Publishers
3. Harish C. Rai, Industrial and Power Electronics, Umesh Publication
References
1. M.S. Berde, Thyristor Engineering, Khanna Publishers
2. George M. Chute & Robert D. Chute, Electronics in Industry, McGraw-Hill
3. PaulZbar, Industrial electronics Manual, McGraw-Hill
4. Tom Petruzzellis, “Build your own electronics workshop”, TAB electronics Publication,third
edition,2014.

PROGRAM Common to all the BE Programmes offered in AMET (ME, Mech, EEEM, PE, HE,
NA &OE, Mining) and B.Tech FPT; BBA Shipping, B.Com., LCA
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEO04 Smart Sensors 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester III Year / V Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL ( 3 Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management courses Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences
195
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

√
Course Objective 1. To comprehend the principles behind sensors and its behaviors.
2. To impart knowledge on various Sensors and their applications
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Outline the Principles and characteristics of sensors
2. Explain the operation of acoustic, magnetic & Mechanical sensors
3. Illustrate the concepts of radiation, thermal and chemical sensors
4. Demonstrate various biosensors and its interface systems
5. Apply the suitable sensor for real time applications
Apply the knowledge of sensors in the field of electronics engineering

UNIT I : SENSOR CHARACTERISTICS AND PRINCIPLES OF SENSING 9 Hrs

Sensors classifications, Measurands, Characterization, Smart sensor systems, Physical principles of
sensing: electric charges, fields, and potentials, Capacitance, magnetism, Induction, resistance,
Piezoelectric effect, pyro electric effect, Hall effect, Seebeck and Peltier effects.
UNIT II : ACOUSTIC SENSORS , MAGNETIC SENSORS AND MECHANICAL SENSORS 9 Hrs
Acoustic waves, piezoelectric materials, Acoustic sensing, saw sensors. Sensor applications and future
trends, Magnetic sensors: effects and materials. Integrated Hall sensors ,Magneto transistors, other
magnetic transistor and future trends .Mechanical sensors: piezo resistivity , Piezo resistive sensors,
Capacitive sensors
UNIT III : RADIATION SENSORS THERMAL SENSORS AND CHEMICAL SENSORS 9 Hrs
Radiation basics, HgCdTe infrared sensors, Visible-light color sensors, high-energy photodiodes, Heat
transfer, thermal structures. Thermal-sensing elements Thermal and temperature sensors. Interaction of
gaseous species at semiconductor Surfaces .Catalysis, the acceleration of chemical reactions, Thin-film
sensor.FET devices for gas and ion sensing
UNIT IV : BIOSENSORS, ELECTRONIC INTERFACE AND INTEGRATED SENSORS 9 Hrs
Immobilization of biological elements, Transduction principles, Lab-on-chip sensors, Integrated sensors:
system organization and functions, Interface electronics, Universal transducer interface, Micro
technologies: introduction to Microsystems engineering, Systems development: methods and tools,
constructive and connective techniques
UNIT V : SENSOR APPLICATION 9 Hrs
Typical application of sensor, Weather monitoring systems, Battery monitoring Systems, Industrial
automation, Building application, food industry application.
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS:

196
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
1. Jacob Fraden, “Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs, and Applications”, Fourth
Edition, Springer, 2010.
2. Gerard Meijer, “Smart sensor systems”, Wiley, 2008

3. Patranabis, “Sensors and Transducers”, Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi 2014

REFERENCE:

1. Patranabis, “Sensors and Transducers”, Prentice Hall India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi 2014

197
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM Common to all the BE Programmes offered in AMET (ME, Mech, EEEM, PE, HE, NA
&OE, Mining) and B.Tech FPT;
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEO05 PLC and HMI in Automation 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester III Year / V Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course - (3 Hrs)
Course category Humanities and Management
Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Engineering Mandatory
Basic Science Science
Open Elective

√
Course Objective 1. To understand the basics of PLC parts and communication
2. To learn the PLC ladder diagram Program
3. To understand the Concept of HMI system
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Outline the PLC components and its operation
2. Apply the ladder diagram concept to create logic and control functions
3. Identify the fault in PLC and able to rectify it
4. Show HMI interface with PLC
5. Illustrate the PLC and HMI communication and networking
6. Demonstrate PLC and HMI system
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO PLC 9 Hrs
Introduction-Automation – PLC hardware/Architecture- I/O modules- Power Supply-PLC Scan Cycle
Relay/Digital logics-NO/NC concept- Relays-Contactors-Switches-Sensors.
UNIT II: PLC PROGRAMMING 9 Hrs
PLC Programming languages, Ladder diagrams, Bit, Byte and Word instructions-Latching concept-Timer
instructions ON Delay, OFF Delay and Retentive Timers-UP Counter, DOWN Counter and UP down
Counters.
UNIT III: PLC INSTALLATION, TROUBLESHOOTING & MAINTENANCE 9 Hrs
Installation : Consideration of operating environment, Receiving test, check & assembly, Electrical Noise,
Leaky inputs & outputs, Grounding, voltage variations & surges, Circuit protections & wiring,
Troubleshooting, PLC Maintenance.
UNIT IV: HMI 9 Hrs
HMI (Human Machine Interface), Different types of operator interfaces: Textual & Graphical-I/O
configuration-Interfacing technique of HMI with PLC and PC-SCADA systems.
UNIT V: NETWORKING AND COMMUNICATIONS 9 Hrs
Types of networking channels, Types of communication interface, Serial communication, Industrial network:
CAN (Controller area network), Ethernet/IP, Modbus, Fieldbus, Profibus.
Total: 45 Hours

198
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Frank D. Petruzella, “Programmable Logic Controllers” Fourth Edition, McGraw-Hill Education.

2. Madhuchandra Mitra, Samarjeet Sen Gupta, “Programmable logic controllers & Industrial Automation”,
Fourth reprint 2012. Penram International Pvt.Ltd.
3. Jean-Yves Fiset, “Human-Machine Interface Design for Process Control Applications”, International
Society of Automation,2012

REFERENCES:

1. John W. Wobb, Ronald A. Rais, “Programmable Logic Controllers, Principles & Applications”, Fifth
Edition, PHI publishing.
2. Garry Dunning, “Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers “,3rd Edition, Thomson, Delmar
Learning.
3. Curtis Johnson, “Process Control Instrumentation Technology”; 8th Edition, Pearson Education
4. Stuart A.Boyer, “ Supervisory control and Data Acquisition”, International Society of Automation; 4th
edition (15 February 2016)

PROGRAM Common to all the BE Programmes offered in AMET (ME, Mech, PE, HE, NA &OE,
199
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Mining) and B.Tech FPT; BBA Shipping, B.Com., LCA
Course Code: Course Name: L T P C
UEEEO06 BASIC PRINCIPLES OF 3 0 0 3
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
Year and III Year / V Semester Contact hours per week
Semester ( 3Hrs )
Prerequisite NIL
course
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
1. To acquire familiarity about various industrial instrumentation types, their parameters and
Course Objective different types of measurement techniques
2. To Learn about industrial PLC, DCS, SCADA and its applications.
3. To impart fundamental knowledge on Networking Communication and Protocols
After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
Course Outcome 1. ability to select sensors and transducers according to the applications
2. learn the various control Elements.
3. Study PLC and DCS for Industrial applications
4. Illustrate the concepts of SCADA for Industrial applications
5. Study about the applications of Marine and Petrochemical industry
6. Outline the basic needs of an industry requirements

Unit 1: Introduction to Industrial Automation 9 Hrs

Measurement of Process Parameters, Pressure, Temperature, flow, level, Displacement and Speed, Virtual
Instrumentation and Data Acquisition System

Unit 2: Fundamentals of Automatic process control 9 Hrs

Need for process control , I/P, P/I converters ,basic Control elements, open loop and closed loop control
systems, Set point, Valve positioned and its importance , Pneumatic and electronic control valves,, Solenoid
Value, Actuators, Relays and Contactors.

Unit 3: Introduction to PLC and DCS 9 Hrs

Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers ,Overview, functions & features ,typical areas of applications,
Concept of DCS, advantages and limitations of DCS, Comparison of PLC and DCS

Unit 4: Introduction to SCADA and HMI 9 Hrs

Introduction to SCADA, Remote terminal unit (RTU), Master terminal Unit (MTU), Human machine Interface
(HMI), Advantages – HMI real time application for industry process-Evolution.

Unit 5: Industrial Applications : 9 Hrs

200
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Applications of PLC and SCADA in Marine and petrochemical process industry.

Total:45 Hrs
Text Books
1. C.D.Johnson, Process Control Instrumentation, Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited
2. D. Patranabis, ‘Principles of Industrial Instrumentation’, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd,
1996.

References

1. Industrial Instrumentation, Control and Automation, S. Mukhopadhyay, S. Sen and A. K. Deb,

Jaico Publishing House, 2013
2. Doeblin: Measurement Systems: Application and Design, TMH
3. Industrial Instrumentation, Control and Automation, S. Mukhopadhyay, S. Sen and A. K. Deb, Jaico
Publishing House, 2013

201
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
PROGRAM Common to all the BE Programmes offered in AMET (ME, Mech, EEEM, PE, HE,
NA &OE, Mining) and B.Tech FPT;
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEO07 Smart Shipping 3 0 0 3
Year / Semester III Year / VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course - ( 3 Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management
Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Engineering Mandatory
Basic Science Science
Open Elective

√
Course Objective
To learn the advanced Digital technologies and methodologies and to apply in the shipping
industry
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:

1. Illustrate and apply the Internet of Things in Shipping Industry

2. Examine the integration of the digital trends into shipping
3. Infer the value beyond the vessel: Intelligent Cargo Handling
4. Analyze the importance of cyber security for smart ships and ashore based smart
integration
5. Classify the environmental aspects of smart shipping
6. Summarize the smart technologies in shipping industry

Unit-1 Internet of Things in Smart Shipping 9 Hours

IoT: Sensors, RFID, Machine to Machine - Smart Controls - Decision Support Tools – Optimization - Predictive
Maintenance Schemes
Unit-2 Integration of Digital Trends into Shipping 9 Hours
Digital Transformation - Cloud: IT Infra service – Big Data Analytics – Artificial Intelligence – Supply Chain
Unit-3 Ship Intelligence 9 Hours
Unblocking Block chain – Performance Management – Vessel Optimization – E-Navigation – Intelligent Cargo
Handling
Unit-4 Cyber Safety and Security 9 Hours
Electronic Chart Display and Information system (ECDIS) – Automatic Identification System (AIS) –
Radar/ARPA, GMDSS, Voltage Data Recorder (VDR)
Unit-5 Environmental Aspect of Smart Shipping 9 Hours
Energy Management – Emissions Monitoring – De-carbonisation – Optimization of use of new fuel types

202
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

Total Hours: 45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Raj Kamal, “Internet of Things: Architecture and Design Principles”, McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd.,
2018.
2. S. Russell and P. Norvig,Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach‖, Prentice Hall, Third Edition, 2009.
3. Vignesh Prajapati, ―Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop‖, Packt Publishing, 2013.
4. Kumar Saurabh, Ashutosh Saxena, “ Blockchain Technology: Concepts and Applications”, Wiley, 2020.
5. Pierluigi Coppola, Domokos Esztergar Kiss, “Autonomous Vehicles and Future Mobility”, Elsevier, 2019.
6. Dionisio De Niz, Mark Klein, and Ragunathan Rajkumar, “Cyber-Physical Systems”, Addison-Wesley, 2016.
7. Stephen de Mora, Timothy Fileman, Thomas Vance, “Environmental Impact of Ships” Cambridge
University Press, 2021.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C. Fox, Jack G. Dongarra, "Distributed and Cloud Computing, From Parallel
Processing to the Internet of Things", Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2013.
2. Mehmed kantardzic,“Data mining concepts,models,methods, and algorithms”, Wiley Interscience, 2003.
3. Rittinghouse, John W., and James F. Ransome,―Cloud Computing: Implementation, Management and
Security‖, CRC Press, 2017.

4. Leonardo Decandia, Lei Lei, Rosa Oppenheim, Yao Zhao, “Managing Supply Chain Operations”, World
Scientific, 2017.
5. Miucic, Radovan, “Connected Vehicles:Intelligent Transportation Systems”, Springer, 2019.
6. Andersson, K., Brynolf, S., Lindgren, J.F., Wilewska-Bien, M., “Shipping and the Environment”, Springer,
2016.

PROGRAM Common to all the BE Programmes offered in AMET (ME, Mech, EEEM, PE, HE,
NA &OE, Mining) and B.Tech FPT; BBA Shipping, B.Com., LCA
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEO08 Solar Energy Systems
3 0 0 3
Year / Semester III Year / VI Semester Contact hours per week

203
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Prerequisite course NIL (3 Hrs)
Course category Humanities and Management
Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Engineering Mandatory
Basic Science Science
Open Elective

√
Introduction Introduction to the course Class policies, grades, homework, prerequisites, and other details
Power generation Overview of the power industry in the US today Fuels, heat rates
Generation types Wind generation.
Course Objective 1. To familiarize with the characteristics of solar radiation, its global distribution, and
conversion methods of solar energy to heat and power.

2. To familiarize with the concepts of control and drives, importance of embedded

system and implementation of control system for solar energy applications.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Know the overview of solar resources
2. Understand the solar radiation and measurement techniques
3. Understand how to calculate solar radiation at a given location
4. Know how to model a solar power system using MATLAB.
5. Understand the principle of operation of solar plants.
6. Illustrate the application of solar collectors.

204
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

UNIT I : ENERGY RESOURCES AND SOLAR SPECTRUM 9 Hrs

World energy resources - Indian energy scenario - Environmental aspects of energy utilization.
Renewable energy resources and their importance - Global solar resources. Solar spectrum –
Electromagnetic spectrum, basic laws of radiation. Physics of the Sun - Energy balance of the earth,
energy flux, solar constant for earth, greenhouse effect.

UNIT II : SOLAR ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONVERSION 9 Hrs

Solar photovoltaic energy conversion - Principles - Physics and operation of solar cells. Classification of
solar PV systems, Solar cell energy conversion efficiency, I-V characteristics, effect of variation of solar
insolation and temperature, losses. Solar PV power plants.

UNIT III : MODEL REPRESENTATION 9 Hrs

Introduction to MATLAB, matrix operation, different graphical output, integration and solution to
differential equation. Types of error - Convergence and stability. Models of electro - mechanical system –
Thermo - fluid systems, solar photo voltaic cell and DC motor. Transient and steady state response of
system. Simulation of model using MATLAB.

UNIT IV : CONTROL OF SOLAR PLANTS 9 Hrs

Basic and Advanced control of solar plants - basic control algorithms, adaptive and optimal controls.
Model based predictive control strategies, frequency domain control and robust optimal control.

UNIT V : APPLICATIONS OF SOLAR COLLECTORS 9 Hrs

Application of non-concentrating collectors in low temperature solar thermal plants for space heating and
cooling, drying, seawater desalination. Use of concentrating collectors for process heat production and
power generation- Mini project of solar PV and its applications
TOTAL: 45 PERIODS
TEXT BOOKS :

1. Eduardo F. Camacho, Manuel Berenguel, Francisco R. Rubio, Diego Martinez,“Control of Solar

Energy Systems”, Springer, 2012.
2. Kai Velten., “Mathematical Modeling and Simulation”, 1st ed., Wiley-VCH, 2009
3. Artur V.Kilian, “Solar Collectors: Energy Conservation, Design and Applications”,Nova Science
Publishers Incorporated, 2009

REFERENCES :

1. Garg .H.P, Prakash .J, “Solar Energy Fundamentals and Applications”, TataMcGraw-Hill, 2005.
2. Kalogirou .S, “Solar Energy Engineering”, Processes and Systems, Elsevier,2009.
3. Tiwari .G.N, “Solar energy: Fundamentals, Design, Modeling & Applications”,CRC Press Inc.,
2002.

205
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
PROGRAM Common to all the BE Programmes offered in AMET (ME, Mech, EEEM, PE, HE, NA
&OE, Mining) and B.Tech FPT; BBA Shipping, B.Com., LCA
Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEO09 Energy Management Systems 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester III Year / VI Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course Nil (3Hrs)
Course category Humanities and Management
Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

√
Course Objective 1. To understand Energy Management Systems (EMS)
2. To learn about the use EMS and SCADA systems in the power system operation,
optimation and control.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Understand the concept of Energy management system.
2. Describe the use of SCADA systems and its functions.
3. Infer the various machine communication systems used in the EMS.
4. Analyze the role of data base systems in EMS.
5. Illustrate the functions, operation and control of Energy management center.
6. Demonstrate the role of EMS system in power systems.

UNIT I : INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs

Introduction to EMS, General structure, general power system hierarchical structure, overview of the methods
of data acquisition systems, commonly acquired data, transducers, RTUs, data concentrators, various
communication channels, cables, telephone lines, power line carrier, microwaves, fiber- optical channels and
satellites.

UNIT II : SUPERVISORY AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS 9 Hrs

Data acquisitions, status indications, measured values, energy values, monitoring alarm and event application
processing. Control function: ON/OFF control of lines, transformers, capacitors and applications in process
industry, valve, opening, closing etc. Regulatory functions: set points and feed-back loops, time tagged data,
disturbance data collection and analysis.

UNIT III : MAN - MACHINE COMMUNICATION 9 Hrs

Operator consoles and VDUs, displays, operator dialogues, alarm and event loggers, mimic diagrams, report
and printing facilities.

UNIT IV : DATA BASES 9 Hrs

SCADA system structure - local system, communication system and central system, Configuration- non-
redundant single processor, redundant dual processor, multi control centers, system configuration.
Performance considerations: real time operation system requirements,

206
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
UNIT V : ENERGY MANAGEMENT CENTER 9 Hrs

Functions performed at a centralized management center, production control and load management, economic
dispatch, distributed centers and power pool management.
TOTAL: 45 Hrs
REFERENCES :

1. Stuart A. Boyer, SCADA: Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition, The Instrumentation, Systems
and Automation Society, 4th edition, 2009.
2. Krishna Kant, Computer-Based Industrial Control, PHI Learning, 2nd edition, 2013.

3. Torsten Cegrell, Power System Control Technology, Prentice Hall International, 1986

4. Behrouz Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, McGraw-Hill,5th edition, 2012.

5. Bela G. Liptak, Instrument Engineers Handbook, Volume 3: Process Software and Digital Networks,
CRC Press, 4th edition, 2011.

207
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM B.E (Electrical and Electronics Engineering - Marine)

Course Code Course Name: L T P C
UEEEO10 Electronic Navigation Equipments and
3 0 0 3
Maintenance
Year / Semester IV Year / VII semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite NIL ( 3Hrs )
course
Course category Humanities and Social Management Professional Core
Sciences courses Professional Elective

Engineering Mandatory
Basic Science Science
Open Elective

√
Course 1. To understand the operation of machines and how to maintain the electrical equipments
Objective with safety.
Course After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
Outcome 1. Understand the various communication services in Maritime fields
2. Know the types of stations in Maritime mobile satellite services.
3. Illustrate various electronic navigation systems.
4. Know how to use GPS and radar
5. Describe the operation of echo sounders
6. Infer how to maintain Electronic Navigation Equipments

UNIT I : MARITIME MOBILE COMMUNICATION SERVICE 9 Hrs

Types of communication in the Maritime Mobile service - Types of station in the Maritime Mobile Service
-Elementary knowledge of frequencies and frequency band - Characteristics of frequencies - Knowledge of
the role of the various modes of communication - Elementary knowledge of different types of modulation
and classes of emission - Classes of emission- radio services in emergencies.

UNIT II : MARITIME MOBILE SATELLITE SERVICE 9 Hrs

Basic Knowledge of Satellite Communication – Inmarsat- Types of stations in Maritime Mobile Satellite
Services-VHF Radio Installations- MFIHF radio installation frequencies - Sources of Energy- Batteries -
Survival craft radio equipment - SART- EPIRB - VHF DSC EPIRB - COSPAS SARSAT.

UNIT III : DIGITAL SELECTIVE CALLING 9 Hrs

Call format specified - Call address selection with the MMSI number system - Call categorization -
Distress, Urgency and Safety calls - GMDSS subsystems procedures and operation - NAVTEX - Search
and Rescue Operation - Fault Locating - SOLAS.

UNIT IV : ELECTRONIC NAVIGATION SYSTEMS 9 Hrs

208
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Electronic Charts Display And Information System - Echo sounders and Speed measurement - Speed log-
Types of Speed log - Error sources on the various types of logs - Calibrations of the log.

UNIT V : GPS AND RADAR 9 Hrs

Global Positioning System – DGPS - Gyro Compass - Automatic Pilot – RADAR - Various types of
RADAR.

TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXT BOOKS :

1. Electronic Navigation system- by L.Tetley&D.Calcutt. Butterworth-Heinemann; 3 edition (April 17,

2011
2. Modern Electronic Navigation Aid by Bhatia & Sinha. Gopilata Education Hub 2017.

REFERENCES :

1. Communication at Sea by Mike Harris. sheeridan house publisher, USA, 3ed, 2010.
2. “Elements of Electronic Navigation” by N.S.Nagaraja. McGraw-Hill Inc.,US 2001.
3. “Advanced Electronic Navigation” by EdrichFernandas. Routledge; 2 edition (4 Feb. 1988)
4. “GMDSS Manual”-Edition 2011 Edition by IMO.

209
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM Common to all the BE Programmes offered in AMET (ME, Mech, EEEM, PE, HE,
NA &OE, Mining) and B.Tech FPT; BBA Shipping, B.Com., LCA
Course Code: L T P C
UEEEO11 Introduction to Electric Vehicles 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester IV Year / VII Semester Contact hours per week
Prerequisite course NIL ( 3Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses Core

Basic Science Engineering Science Open Elective Mandatory

√
Course Objective 1. To present a comprehensive overview of Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicles.
2. To introduce general aspects of advanced Electric and Hybrid Electric Vehicles.
3. To provide knowledge on modelling and implementation of HEV using Power
Electronics concepts.
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Infer the concepts of different configurations of electric vehicles.
2. Recognize of Electric Vehicle machineries.
3. Identify proper energy storage systems for vehicle applications.
4. Interpret the basic drive system of electric vehicles.
5. Comprehend the energy management strategies in Electric Vehicles.
6. Understand the concepts of Electric Vehicles.

UNIT I Introduction 9 Hrs

Basics of vehicle mechanisms, history of electric vehicles (EV) and hybrid electric vehicles (HEV), need
and importance of EV and HEV, Power/Energy supply requirements.

UNIT II Electric Vehicle Machineries 9 Hrs

Electric system components for EV/HEV, suitability of DC and AC machines for EV/HEV applications,
AC and DC Motor drives. Advanced permanent magnet and switch reluctance machines, configuration and
control of drives.

UNIT III Energy Storage Systems 9 Hrs

Requirements of Storage systems in EV/HEV, Review of batteries, fuel cells, flywheels and ultra-
capacitors as energy sources for EV/HEV, comparison and characteristics.

UNIT IV Drives for Electric Vehicles 9 Hrs

Basics of electric traction and hybrid traction systems, various EV/HEV drive-train topologies, power flow
control in drive-train topologies. Modeling and analysis of EV/HEV drive train, sizing of motor, power
electronics in HEV, various vehicle subsystems.
210
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

UNIT V Energy Management Strategies and Energy Efficiency 9 Hrs

EV/HEV energy management strategies, classification and comparison of various energy management
strategies, energy efficiency comparison for various EV and HEV variants.

TOTAL: 45 Hrs
TEXT BOOKS:

1. Iqbal Hussain, “Electric & Hybrid Vehicles – Design Fundamentals”, Second Edition, CRC Press,
2011.
2. James Larminie, “Electric Vehicle Technology Explained”, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.

References

1. Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimin Gao, Ali Emadi, “Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric, and Fuel Cell
Vehicles: Fundamentals”, CRC Press, 2010.
2. Chris MI, M. Abul and David Wenzhong Gao, “Hybrid Electrical Vehicle Principles and
Application with Practical Perspectives”, Wiley, 2nd Edition, 2017.
3. Wei Liu, “Introduction to Hybrid Vehicle System Modeling and Control”, Wiley 1st Edition, 2013.

211
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022

PROGRAM Common to all the BE Programmes offered in AMET (ME, Mech, EEEM, PE, HE, NA
&OE, Mining) and B.Tech FPT; BBA Shipping, B.Com., LCA
Course Code: L T P C
UEEEO12 INTERNET OF THINGS 3 0 0 3
Year and Semester IV Year / VII Semester
Prerequisite course NIL Contact hours per week
( 3Hrs )
Course category Humanities and Management Professional Core Professional Elective
Social Sciences courses

Basic Science Engineering Open Elective Mandatory

Science
√
Course Objective 1. To understand IOT architecture and its building blocks
2. To build object-oriented programs using python
3. To become familiar with Raspberry Pi hardware
Course Outcome After the successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1.outline the basic concepts of IOT
2. Explain the architecture of microcontrollers
3. Demonstrate problem-solving concepts of Python
4.Illustrate the RASPBERRY PI Architecture
5.Analyze the applications of IoT in real time Scenario
6. Apply the knowledge of python and Raspberry PI in real time applications
UNIT I: OVERVIEW OF IOT 9 Hrs
Introduction- Evolution and History of IoT-IoT Architecture-Trends in the Adoption of IoT-Open Source IoT
Platform on Local Machine-Amazon IoT platform
UNITII: MICROCONTROLLER PROGRAMMING 9 Hrs
Microcontroller Architecture - -Microcontroller peripheral usage (Timers/Counters/Interrupts and its sources)-
Communication protocols I (UART, SPI, I2C, CAN) and II (Wired & Wireless) -Interfacing IoT Sensors and
Actuators.
UNIT III: PROGRAMMING WITH PYTHON 9 Hrs
Overview of programming with python-Native Data types and operators-Python statements and conditionals-
Functions-strings-Object oriented programming with python
UNIT IV BUILDING IoT WITH RASPBERRY PI 9 Hrs
Building IOT with RASPERRY PI- IoT Systems - Logical Design using Python - IoT Device -Building blocks
-Raspberry Pi -Board - Raspberry Pi Interfaces -Programming Raspberry Pi with Python.

UNIT V APPLICATIONS OF IoT 9 Hrs

212
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy
 CBCS Syllabus 2021-2022
Real world design constraints - Applications - Industrial automation, smart grid, Commercial building
automation, Smart cities - participatory sensing– Software & Management Tools for IoT Cloud Storage
Models & Communication APIs - Cloud for IoT
Total :45 Hrs

TEXT BOOKS

1. David Hanes, Gonzalo Salgueiro, Patrick Grossetete, Rob Barton and Jerome Henry, ―IoT
Fundamentals: Networking Technologies, Protocols and Use Cases for Internet of Things, Cisco Press,
2017
2. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, ―Internet of Things – A hands-on approach‖, Universities Press,
2016
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Dieter Uckelmann, Mark Harrison, Michahelles, Florian (Eds), ―Architecting the Internet of Things‖,
Springer, 2011.
2. Honbo Zhou, ―The Internet of Things in the Cloud: A Middleware Perspective‖, CRC Press, 2012.
3. Jan Ho¨ ller, Vlasios Tsiatsis , Catherine Mulligan, Stamatis , Karnouskos, Stefan Avesand. David
Boyle, "From Machine-to- Machine to the Internet of Things - Introduction to a New Age of
Intelligence", Elsevier, 2014.
4. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi , ―The Internet of Things – Key applications and
Protocols‖, Wiley, 2012

213
Document Recommended by “Board of studies” Document Approved in “Academic council” held on
held on Date:17.03.2021 Date: 09.07.2021 & 10.07.2021
Controlled Copy